Annual Statements Open main menu

BILL Holdings, Inc. - Annual Report: 2021 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

 

Commission File Number:  001-39149

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

83-2661725

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

 

 

6220 America Center Drive, Suite 100, San Jose, CA

 

95022

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(650) 621-7700

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.00001 par value

 

BILL

 

The New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   No

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on December 31, 2020 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) as reported by The New York Stock Exchange on December 31, 2020, was approximately $10.7 billion.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of August 23, 2021 was 94,782,906.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are incorporated by reference in Part III. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be filed as part hereof.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

51

Item 2.

Properties

51

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

51

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

51

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

52

Item 6.

Reserved

53

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

54

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

76

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

78

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

123

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

123

Item 9B.

Other Information

124

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

125

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

125

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

125

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

125

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

125

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

126

Item 16

Form 10-K Summary

128

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “target,” “plan,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Our fiscal year end is June 30. Our fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are referred to herein as fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively.

Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses, including changes in research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses (including any components of the foregoing), and our ability to achieve, and maintain, future profitability;

 

the COVID-19 pandemic, and its impact on our employees, customers, strategic partners, vendors, results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition;

 

our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

our market opportunity, including our total addressable market;

 

our international expansion plans and ability to expand internationally;

 

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

our ability to further attract, retain, and expand our customer base;

 

our ability to develop new products and services and bring them to market in a timely manner;

 

the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;

 

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties, including strategic partners;

 

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;

 

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

our ability to successfully integrate and realize the strategic and financial goals that were contemplated upon the acquisition of DivvyPay, Inc.;

 

our ability to consummate the acquisition of Invoice2go, Inc., as well as to successfully integrate it and realize our related strategic and financial goals;

 

future acquisitions or investments in complementary companies, products, services, or technologies;

 

our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business;

 

economic and industry trends, projected growth, or trend analysis;

 

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees;

 

the increased expenses associated with being a public company; and

 

the future market prices of our common stock.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1


Table of Contents

 

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Additionally, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is inherently uncertain at the time of this report. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words "we," "us," "our" and "Bill.com" refer to Bill.com Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

 

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Our mission is to make it simple to connect and do business.

We are champions of small and midsize businesses (SMBs). As a leading provider of cloud-based software that simplifies, digitizes, and automates complex back-office financial operations for SMBs, we create efficiencies and free our customers to run their businesses. Our vision is to become the leading one-stop solution that helps millions of businesses around the world manage their financial operations.

Our purpose-built, artificial-intelligence (AI)-enabled financial software platform creates seamless connections between our customers, their suppliers, and their clients. Customers use our platform to generate and process invoices, streamline approvals, make and receive payments, sync with their accounting system, and manage their cash. We have built sophisticated integrations with popular accounting software solutions, banks, card issuers and payment processors, enabling our customers to access these mission-critical services quickly and easily. We are central to an SMB’s accounts payable and accounts receivable operations.

On June 1, 2021, we completed our acquisition of DivvyPay, Inc. (Divvy), a leading provider of cloud-based spend management application and smart corporate cards to SMBs in the United States (U.S.), for an aggregate purchase price of $2.3 billion.  Divvy became our wholly owned subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of 100% of its outstanding equity interests. As of June 30, 2021, Divvy had approximately 9,900 active spending businesses using its free cloud-based spend management application that were not Bill.com existing customers.

Divvy’s cloud-based software solution provides a secure financial platform for businesses to manage payments and subscriptions, build strategic budgets, and eliminate the need for expense reports. With Divvy, employers can give employees direct access to funds, effectively eliminating expense reports and retroactive reimbursement. After signing up, the business owner and their designated employees receive physical Divvy credit cards. Divvy spending businesses can create online (virtual) cards, set spending and budget controls, and control card activity in Divvy. The card activity instantly integrates with the Divvy platform.

As of June 30, 2021, over 121,000 customers trusted our platform to manage their financial workflows and process their payments and spend, which totaled $140.3 billion in Total Payment Volume (TPV) during fiscal 2021. For the purposes of measuring our key business metrics, we define customers as entities that are either billed directly by us or for which we bill our strategic partners during a particular period. As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately 3.2 million network members. We define network members as our customers plus their suppliers and clients, who pay and receive funds electronically via our platform.

 

On July 19, 2021, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) with Invoice2go, Inc. (Invoice2go), a Delaware corporation that provides mobile-first accounts receivable software that empowers SMBs and freelancers to grow their client base, manage invoicing and payments, and build their brand. Pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Merger Agreement, we will pay an aggregate consideration of approximately $625.0 million in cash and shares of our common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding equity interests of Invoice2go. The closing of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions including (i) the approval of the Merger Agreement by Invoice2go stockholders in accordance with Delaware law and (ii) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

 

Our Solution

Our cloud-based, intelligent platform automates the SMB back office and enables our customers to pay their suppliers and collect payments from their clients, in effect acting as a system of control for their accounts payable and accounts receivable activities. As a result, our platform frees our customers from cumbersome legacy financial processes and provides the following key benefits:

 

Automated and Efficient.  Our AI-enabled platform helps our customers pay their bills efficiently and get paid faster. We provide tools such as our Intelligent Virtual Assistant (IVA) that streamlines the transaction lifecycle by automating data capture and entry, routing bills for approval, and detecting duplicate invoices.

 

Integrated and Accurate.  We provide an end-to-end platform that connects our customers to their suppliers and clients. Our platform integrates with accounting software, banks, card issuers, and payment processors, enabling our customers to access all of these mission-critical partners easily. Because we provide a comprehensive view, customers can more easily find inconsistencies and inaccuracies, and fix them quickly.

 

Digital and Secure.  We enable secure connections and storage of sensitive supplier and client information and documents, such as invoices and contracts, and make them accessible to authorized users through our cloud-based application, on any device, from anywhere.

 

Visible and Transparent.  With our platform, customers can easily view their transaction workflows, enabling them to gain deeper insight into their financial operations and manage their cash flows.

 

What Sets Us Apart

 

Purpose-Built for SMBs.  Our easy-to-use platform provides SMBs with core functionality and value-added services generally reserved for larger companies. Through our cloud-based desktop and mobile applications, SMBs can connect and do business from anywhere, at any time.

 

Diverse Distribution Channels.  We leverage both direct and indirect channels—accounting firms, financial institution partners, and accounting software integrations—to efficiently reach our target market.

 

Large and Growing Network of Connected Businesses.    As accounts receivable customers issue invoices and accounts payable customers pay bills with Bill.com, they connect to their clients and suppliers, driving a powerful network effect. This aids our customer acquisition efforts by increasing the number of businesses connected to our platform, which then become prospects.

 

Large Data Asset.    We have a large data asset as a result of processing millions of documents and billions of dollars in business payments annually for our customers. By leveraging our AI and machine learning capabilities, we generate insights from this data that drive product innovation.

 

Risk Management Expertise.    Leveraging our data, our risk engine has trained upon millions of business-to-business ACH, check, card, and wire transactions. Our AI capabilities have enhanced the power of that engine, enabling us to keep our customers’ funds secure.

 

Experienced Management Team and Vibrant Culture.    Our management team and employees have deep experience with SMBs, software-as-a-service companies, and financial institutions.

Our Platform

Every business transaction has two sides: for accounts payable, a customer and a supplier; and for accounts receivable, a customer and a client. The same transaction can be viewed differently depending on the party; one company’s debit is another’s credit. We built our platform with that in mind, leveraging the fact that we can see both sides, easily connect both parties, and promote the rapid exchange of information. This builds stronger business relationships.

Our AI-enabled, cloud-based platform automates this entire transaction lifecycle and delivers our customer-facing products, including accounts payable, accounts receivable, and payments, along with myriad value-added services.

4


Table of Contents

 

Accounts Payable Automation

Our accounts payable automation service streamlines the entire legacy payables process, from the receipt of a bill, through the approvals workflow, to the payment, and synchronization with the accounting system. Here are some highlights of our service:

 

Visibility at a Glance – Through our platform, our customers gain a comprehensive view of their cash in-flows and outflows as well as bills coming due.

 

Document Management – When a customer enrolls in our service, Bill.com automatically assigns a dedicated email address to the customer to provide to its suppliers. Suppliers use that email address to send invoices to the customer’s dedicated Bill.com inbox directly. Alternatively, for invoices that are mailed directly to our customers’ offices, we offer the ability for scanned invoices to be uploaded directly through our application or by fax. Once uploaded, we store the bills securely, linking them to the associated supplier. With a single click, customers can use our powerful keyword search feature to scan thousands of documents quickly and resolve an open payables question. Our document management capabilities assist our SMBs in making payment decisions, answering supplier questions and providing supporting documentation to accountants and auditors. We also securely store contracts, forms, and other critical information that customers need.

 

Intelligent bill capture – We have automated the capture of data from bills by leveraging IVA. With IVA, incoming bills are machine- read, and critical data fields including due date, amount and supplier name are pre-populated. The accounts payable staff simply reviews the result, makes any adjustments required, and IVA routes the bill internally for approval.

 

Digital workflows and approvals – Our platform speeds approval processes through policy-driven workflows. Much of this activity takes place while our customers are on-the-go: one of the top three uses of our mobile app is bill approvals. Our platform proactively suggests payment dates based upon a bill’s due date, helping customers avoid late payment penalty fees. SMBs assign each user a role, such as: administrator, payor, approver, clerk or accountant. Each has its own entitlements that the platform enforces to ensure appropriate checks and balances in the back office. For mid-sized firms with unique needs, we also offer the ability to create custom roles.

 

Spend Management – With our acquisition of Divvy, we have added new capabilities.  Divvy software gives companies the ability to build strategic budgets, improving control and real-time visibility into company spending. By using Divvy credit and debit cards, spending businesses manage payments and eliminate the need for expense reports. Integrating real-time tracking for every business transaction, Divvy provides organizations with instant insight into their spend for complete control.

 

Collaboration and engagement – Our platform promotes collaboration between customers, their employees, and their suppliers and clients. Our in-app messaging capabilities make communications easy and trackable. For example, our platform allows administrators and payors to remind approvers to act, or delegate payment authority when a key employee is unavailable. Our platform tracks all exchanges, keeping a clear audit trail that becomes invaluable in the event of an audit, or at tax time, when organized and complete files become critical.

Accounts Receivable Automation

Our accounts receivable service builds upon our accounts payable functionality, automating the entire receivable process, from the creation of an invoice, to its delivery to the client, to funds collection and synchronization back to the accounting system. Here are some highlights of this service:

 

Easy invoicing – Using a simple template, customers can synchronize from their accounting software or easily create electronic invoices on our platform and insert their own logos to customize the look-and-feel. For occasions when it is required, our platform also enables the printing and mailing of paper invoices. Many accounts receivable customers take advantage of our recurring invoice feature.

 

Digital workflows and visibility – Our platform automates and simplifies electronic invoice creation, delivery, and collection of funds. Using our progress bar, customers have complete visibility into the accounts receivable process. When both trading partners are in the network, our customer can see when their invoices are delivered, opened, authorized to be paid and payment received. Invoices and supporting documents like contracts are readily accessible and notes can be entered for future reference and are visible to authorized users.

5


Table of Contents

 

 

Collaboration and engagement – For accounts receivable customers whose clients interact with them online, we offer a customizable, branded client payment portal. Clients receive a link to an electronic invoice accessible on the Bill.com site. From this customer-branded portal, the client can make a payment via ACH or credit card within seconds. In fact, in a May 2019 customer survey we conducted, half of respondents reported that using our platform allows them to get paid at least twice as fast as with other accounts receivable methods. In addition, for reference purposes, the client has ongoing access to its bills and associated payments within the portal. Just like our accounts payable service, our in-app collaboration tools make communications between the accounts receivable customer and its clients easy and trackable.

Payment Services

Using our platform, accounts payable customers can disburse funds to suppliers through multiple payment methods. Accounts receivable customers collect funds quickly and efficiently using electronic funds transfers. Our suite of comprehensive payment services includes:

 

ACH Payments – We enable low-cost ACH transactions for both disbursements and collections. Our network makes it simple to make the switch from paper checks.

 

Card Payments – Through a third party, we offer accounts receivable customers the convenience of accepting credit and debit card payments. In addition, we have integrations with Mastercard, Incorporated (“Mastercard”) and Comdata, Inc. (“Comdata”) to enable our accounts payable customers to make virtual card payments. Virtual cards enable faster payments to suppliers along with the data needed to easily match incoming payments with open receivables. With our acquisition of Divvy, we have added physical card issuance to our capabilities. Through card issuing partners, Marqeta, Inc. (Marqeta) and WEX Bank, Divvy provides both physical and virtual Mastercard and Visa cards to companies that enroll in its business spend management program.

 

Real-time Payments (RTP)Through The Clearing House’s RTP® network, a real-time payments platform, we disburse funds rapidly to meet urgent customer funding needs. We also facilitate near real-time payments to customers’ debit cards using Visa Direct and MasterCard Send via a service offered in partnership with Stripe.

 

Checks – We issue payment via check if our customer prefers or is contractually obligated to pay via this method. By design, we protect our SMB customers against check fraud by never disclosing their bank account details to a supplier and by reviewing every check presented against a check issue file to detect and prevent tampering and check fraud.

 

Cross-Border PaymentsWe simplify cross-border disbursements by facilitating electronic funds transfers around the world with our International Payments service. Payments can be issued in either U.S. or foreign currency, and our platform synchronizes with customers’ accounting software for a consolidated view of domestic and international outflows. We offer our U.S.-based customers the ability to disburse funds to over 130 countries worldwide through Citibank’s WorldLink and Cambridge Global Payments (“Cambridge”).

In addition, our platform offers these value-added services:

 

Two-Way Sync with Leading Accounting Systems – Our platform automatically synchronizes customers, suppliers, general ledger accounts, and transactions with an SMB’s accounting system to automate reconciliation. We are integrated with several of the most popular business accounting software applications, including QuickBooks, Oracle NetSuite, Sage Intacct, Microsoft Dynamics Business Central, and Microsoft Dynamics Great Plains. Our two-way synchronization capabilities virtually eliminate double data-entry, as our platform and the customer’s accounting software are continuously keeping each other updated. Customers who use other types of systems use our advanced file import/export capabilities to minimize data entry activities.

 

Purchase Order (PO) Matching – We sync POs directly from accounting software systems, including Oracle NetSuite, Sage Intacct, and Microsoft Dynamics Great Plains into our platform. Users can compare POs and invoices on one screen, then route bills for approval and payment seamlessly in the same workflow. This eliminates the need to switch between systems for two-way matching and reduces the back-and-forth communication between PO creators and AP managers.

6


Table of Contents

 

 

Frequent Status Updates – We provide timely status updates of financial inflows and outflows by providing timely status of all transactions on a regular basis. Through our workflow progress bars on each page, our customers can see who has approved an invoice and what approvals remain, the status of each payment, and the date transactions are expected to clear.

 

Treasury Services – Our platform integrates advanced treasury services functionality from commercial banks, tools that are normally either not offered to or are too costly for SMBs. Examples include:

 

o

the positive pay feature we employ to ensure only authorized payment transactions are processed;

 

o

a streamlined void and reissue function when an in-process payment needs to be cancelled; and

 

o

the cleared check images we make available to enable our customers to confirm payment receipt and facilitate research.

 

Custom User Roles – Our platform enables customers to define custom user roles that are unique to their organizations. These roles can be used to expand or limit each user’s access to the platform and core financial operations functions. For example, a customer can temporarily enable its auditors or tax preparers to access our platform using a custom role that allows them to view source documents in support of the professional services they are providing, but not have access to other confidential documents, invoices, or payment information.

 

Document Discovery – With our advanced document management capabilities, a customer can easily search for an uploaded document and search its data elements, regardless of how old it is, or how long it has been in our system. Our customers utilize this feature when deciding whether to pay a given bill, re-issue an invoice, or determine who authorized a certain payment. It’s quick, easy, and eliminates the need for filing cabinets.

 

Mobile Capabilities

Integrated, robust mobile functionality is a key requirement for business users as more daily back-office tasks migrate away from the office and the desktop. Our mobile-native app, available in both iOS and Android, is easy to adopt and use. Through our app, our customers can manage their transaction workflows, send an invoice, or make payments on-the-go.

Partner Integrations  

We provide our financial institution strategic partners a technology platform that enables a simple, white-label integration with their existing business banking services. We deliver single sign-on, multi-factor authentication, integrated provisioning and entitlement of new accounts, as well as integration with required compliance systems. Transactions are synchronized automatically between the financial institution’s platform and ours, keeping the customer’s view current and consistent.

In addition to our white-labeled solution, we support a broad range of partners and customers with our platform APIs. These APIs allow our partners to integrate our platform seamlessly into their solutions, create web or mobile apps that integrate with ours, or leverage our payments capabilities. Through our APIs, developers can:

 

interact with business entities, like suppliers and clients;

 

obtain summary-level reports, such as payables and receivables reports; and

 

interact with accounting details, such as the general ledger codes of the chart of accounts.

Our Data Asset

The payment activity of our over 121,000 customers and approximately 3.2 million network members as of June 30, 2021, paired with millions of documents, bills, and invoices processed through our platform, provides us with a unique data asset. This asset has allowed us to enhance the machine learning algorithms that power our artificial intelligence capabilities. The data provides a view into customer transactions and operational status of various payment processes, which enables us to effectively manage risk exposure. Our system continues to learn with each invoice uploaded and each new member that joins our network. This virtuous cycle of learning powers a network effect that facilitates customer satisfaction, offers intelligent insights, improves trust and safety, and will fuel further growth.

7


Table of Contents

 

Our Network

Through our AI-enabled platform, our customers can easily connect with existing network members. The benefit of being in the network is simple: customers connect with others to pay and be paid electronically, freeing them of the need to solicit or share bank account and routing numbers with each trading partner individually. The process of adding bank account details to our platform is easy and secure. For example, when a supplier of an accounts payable customer receives an invitation to join our network, the supplier can accept and securely share their bank account details once with Bill.com. From that point onward, all payments to that supplier will be electronic.

Once in the network, other Bill.com customers can easily link to that same supplier without the supplier having to repeat this process again. This approach to connecting businesses for accounts payable and accounts receivable has allowed us to build a robust and growing business-to-business payments directory, which includes approximately 3.2 million network members as of June 30, 2021. We define network members as our customers plus their suppliers and clients, who pay and receive funds electronically via our platform.

These network effects promote greater adoption of our platform, higher levels of engagement, and increased value across our ecosystem. We believe this is the fundamental power of our network.

Payment and Risk Management Services

Our payments engine powers our payment services. Through dedicated connections with banks and payment processors, we issue checks, credit and debit cards, originate ACH files, and execute wire transfers. Our payments engine handles all aspects of payment file transfers, exception file handling, and required payment status reporting. We have redundancy such that if one of our payment providers is unable to process a file on a given day, we have the option to re-route the file to another provider, preventing any interruption in payment processing services.

Our operations dashboard provides a full view of the current status of all payment processes. Notifications, alerts, and exceptions are sent to our network operations center, payment operations, and customer support teams so we can proactively monitor transactions on behalf of our customers throughout the business day and during off-hours. The data provides a view into customer transactions and operational status of various payment processes, enabling us to effectively manage risk exposure.

Through our risk engine, we use both proprietary and third-party tools to assess, detect, and mitigate financial risk associated with the payment volume that we process. Throughout the transaction lifecycle, we monitor data, and payments to ensure that we are safeguarding our customers, their suppliers and clients, and our company. When a bank account is added to the platform, we validate that the bank account is held at a U.S.-domiciled financial institution, is associated with the organization adding the account, and is in good standing.

When customers use our services, we monitor key activities looking for signals that would indicate anomalies that could create risk exposure and need to be investigated. Our risk engine analyzes many unique data elements to score transactions. Those that score above our thresholds are routed to trained risk agents for manual review. Agents have the latitude to contact customers to gather further information, or if a financial risk is imminent, to prevent funds from leaving our system until any suspicious activity can be resolved.

Once a payment transaction is processed, we continue to manage our exposure. We have extensive contacts in the banking industry, and we utilize these to reverse payments when possible. If a suspicious or fraudulent payment cannot be reversed, we follow a rigorous collections process to recover funds.

This risk management process gets progressively more accurate and insightful as our dataset gets larger and our AI-enabled risk engine gets smarter. This is an advantage that we expect to continue to grow over time. Our success in managing the risk inherent in moving funds for business customers is proven. As a percentage of our TPV, our fraud loss rates were negligible, less than one basis point for each of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019.

8


Table of Contents

 

Security, Privacy, and Data Protection

Trust is important for our relationship with customers and partners, and we take significant measures designed to protect their privacy and the data that they provide to us. Keeping our customers’ data safe and secure is a high priority. Our approach to security includes data governance as well as ongoing testing for potential security issues.

We have robust access controls in our production environment with access to data strictly assigned, monitored, and audited. To ensure our controls remain up-to-date, we undergo continuous external testing for vulnerabilities within our software architecture. These efforts have enabled us to certify our platform to SOC1 Type II, SOC2 Type II, and SOC3 standards. Our security program is aligned to the NIST-800-53 standards and is regularly audited and assessed by third parties as well as our strategic partners.

The focus of our program is working to prevent unauthorized access to the data of our customers and network members. To this end, our team of security practitioners work to identify and mitigate risks, implement best practices, and continue to evaluate ways to improve.

These steps include close attention to network security, classifying and inventorying data, limiting and authorizing access controls, and multi- factor authentication for access to systems. We also employ regular system monitoring, logging, and alerting to retain and analyze the security state of our corporate and production infrastructures.

We take steps to help ensure that our security measures are maintained by the third-party suppliers we use, including conducting annual security reviews and audits.

Competition

Our primary competition remains the legacy manual processes that SMBs have relied upon for decades. Other competitors range from large firms that predominantly focus on selling to enterprises, to smaller niche providers of point solutions that focus exclusively on document management, workflow management, accounts payable solutions, spend management, accounts receivable solutions, or electronic bill presentment and payment.

Divvy’s primary competition includes corporate card and spend management platforms, expense management software, legacy payment methods, such as credit and debit cards, including those provided by card issuing banks, and technology solutions provided by payment companies.

We differentiate ourselves from our competitors by offering a financial back-office solution that handles accounts payable, spend management, accounts receivable, and payment services end-to-end. Our extensive investment in building a robust, fully-integrated two-way sync with popular accounting software providers is well-regarded in the industry. With respect to the domestic payments that comprise the bulk of our business, we disburse and collect funds on behalf of our customers through our proprietary payments engine.

We believe that the key competitive factors in our market include:

 

Product features, quality, and functionality;

 

Data asset size and ability to leverage artificial intelligence to grow faster and smarter;

 

Ease of deployment;

 

Ease of integration with leading accounting and banking technology infrastructures;

 

Ability to automate processes;

 

Cloud-based delivery architecture;

 

Advanced security and control features;

 

Regulatory compliance leadership, as evidenced by having been granted money transmitter licenses in all required U.S. jurisdictions;

 

Brand recognition; and

 

Pricing and total cost of ownership.

9


Table of Contents

 

 

We compare favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors. We expect the market for SMB back-office financial software and business-to-business payment solutions to continue to evolve and grow, as greater numbers of SMBs and larger businesses digitize their back offices. We believe that we are well-positioned to help them.

Research and Development

We invest substantial time, energy, and resources to ensure we have a deep understanding of our customers’ needs, and we continually innovate to deliver value-added products and services through our platform. Our research and development organization consists of engineering, product, and design teams. These teams are responsible for the design, development, and testing of our applications. We focus our efforts on developing new functionality and further enhancing the usability, reliability, and performance of existing applications.

Sales and Marketing

We distribute our platform through direct and indirect sales channels, both of which we leverage to reach our target customers in an efficient manner. Our direct sales are driven by a self-service process and an inside sales team. Our inside sales team augments our direct sales capabilities by targeting potential customers that have engaged with us on their own.

We also reach customers indirectly through our partnerships with accounting firms, financial institutions, and accounting software providers. While these partners sometimes require an initial integration investment, a go-to-market flywheel takes effect as our partners accelerate the delivery of our platform across their customer base with minimal incremental investment from us.

We focus our marketing efforts on generating leads to develop our sales pipeline, building brand and category awareness, enabling our go-to-market partners, and growing our business from within our existing customers. Our sales leads primarily come through word-of-mouth, our accounting firm partners, and website searches. We generate additional leads through digital marketing campaigns, referrals, in-product customer education, brand advertising, public relations, and social media.

Customer Success

SMBs have unique needs and customer support contact expectations. With more than a decade of experience supporting our product, our customer success team has a deep understanding of their needs and has developed our support model accordingly. We recognize and understand patterns that our customers may not, because we see the aggregate – millions of accounts payable and accounts receivable transactions per month. We use what we learn to continuously improve the platform and the customer experience. We have developed an efficient support model. For instance, we offer online chat support to respond to customers within seconds of their initial outreach. We also leverage our machine learning tools to anticipate customer issues and provide in-app, real-time suggestions and support.

We provide onboarding implementation support, as well as ongoing support and training. We periodically contact our customers to discuss their utilization of our platform, highlight additional features that may interest them, and identify any additional tools that may be needed.

Regulatory Environment

We operate in a rapidly evolving regulatory environment. Most states in the U.S. require a license to offer money transmission services such as the payment services that we offer. We have procured and maintained money transmitter licenses in 52 U.S. jurisdictions and actively work to comply with new license requirements as they arise. We are also registered as a Money Services Business with the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These licenses and registrations subject us, among other things, to record-keeping requirements, reporting requirements, bonding requirements, limitations on the investment of customer funds, and inspection by state and federal regulatory agencies.

As a Money Services Business and a licensed money transmitter we are subject to U.S. anti-money laundering (AML) laws and regulations. We have implemented and are expanding an AML program designed to prevent our platform from being used to facilitate money laundering, terrorist financing, and other financial crimes. Our program is also

10


Table of Contents

 

designed to prevent our products from being used to facilitate business in certain countries, or with certain persons or entities, including those on designated lists promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and other foreign authorities. Our AML and sanctions compliance programs include policies, procedures, reporting protocols, and internal controls, including the designation of an AML compliance officer to oversee the programs, and is designed to address these legal and regulatory requirements and to assist in managing risk associated with money laundering and terrorist financing risks.

We are contractually obligated to comply with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) federal banking regulations as well as with Visa and MasterCard network rules as a card program manager for the card program management banks (CPMB). As a card program manager for the CPMBs, we implemented compliance programs designed to ensure we are in compliance with applicable banking regulations and the Visa and MasterCard network rules. The CPMBs oversee our compliance program and conduct periodic audits to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and rules.  

We maintain loan brokering or servicing licenses in a number of states in which Divvy’s activity requires such licenses, and actively work to comply with new license requirements as they may arise which are applicable to Divvy’s business.

We are also subject to the examination and enforcement authority of the FDIC under the Bank Service Company Act.

In addition, our services utilize ACH transfers and require compliance with National Automated Clearing House Association rules.

To support our expanding international business, we obtained a Foreign Money Services Business (FMSB) license in Canada that is administered by The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) and a Money Services Business License administered by Quebec’s Autorite Des Marches Financiers (Financial Markets Authority). The Office of Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI), which administers Canadian sanctions programs, oversees our compliance. As a FMSB and Quebec money services business licensee, we have implemented compliance programs with policies and procedures that are designed to comply with Canadian anti-money laundering and sanctions laws and regulations.

We collect and use a wide variety of information for various purposes in our business, including to help ensure the integrity of our services and to provide features and functionality to our customers. This aspect of our business, including the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of the information we acquire in connection with our customers’ use of our services, is subject to numerous laws and regulations in the U.S. Accordingly, we publish our privacy policies and terms of service, which describes our practices concerning the use, transmission, and disclosure of information.

In addition, several foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union, have laws and regulations dealing with the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of information which are more restrictive than those in the U.S. While we believe that the products and services that we currently offer do not subject us to such laws or regulations in foreign jurisdictions, such laws and regulations may be modified or subject to new or different interpretations, new laws and regulations may be enacted, or we may modify our products or services in the future, which may subject us to such laws and regulations.

Various regulatory agencies in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions continue to examine a wide variety of issues which are applicable to us and may impact our business. These issues include identity theft, account management guidelines, privacy, disclosure rules, cybersecurity, and marketing. As our business continues to develop and expand, we continue to monitor the additional rules and regulations that may become relevant.

Any actual or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements may result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses or registrations, loss of approved status, private litigation, regulatory or governmental investigations, administrative enforcement actions, sanctions, civil and criminal liability, and constraints on our ability to continue to operate. For an additional discussion on governmental regulation affecting our business, please see the risk factors related to regulation of our payments business and regulation in the areas of privacy and data use, under the section titled “Risk Factors – Risks Related to our Business and Industry.”

11


Table of Contents

 

Human Capital

Our Culture and Employees

We are a people-centric company and actively develop and nurture a positive relationship with our employees. Our culture centers on our company values:  

 

Humble – No Ego;

 

Fun – Celebrate the moments;

 

Authentic – We are who we are;

 

Passionate – Love what you do; and

 

Dedicated – To each other and the customer

Our values are core to who we are and who we hire, guide how we operate, define how we treat each other every day and ultimately make our teams strong cohesive units. We believe our culture enables us to attract and retain exceptional talent.

As of June 30, 2021, we had a total of 1,384 employees across three offices in the U.S., which include our recently acquired Divvy organization. We also employ individuals on a temporary basis and use the services of contractors as necessary. None of our employees are represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment. Our executive leadership consists of eight team members made up of two women and four persons of color.

We have recruiting and hiring practices that meet business hiring needs while maintaining a high bar for talent. We leverage data and analytics to align the recruiting function to business growth and revenue drivers.  Our recruiting function was built to quickly scale with increased growth and expansion.  Recruiting champions drive inclusive and equitable practices to engage, attract, and hire diverse talent. We provide two key talent management programs to develop our leaders and high potential employees to be their best. We also provide a rigorous program for new people managers. In addition, each year we provide a curriculum of study, linked to business needs, leveraging our LinkedIn Learning platform. The curriculum offers coursework in inclusivity, resiliency and decision-making. In addition, each employee has access to over 8,600 courses on our learning platform. We foster a performance and continuous feedback culture including a bi-annual formal feedback cadence in addition to engaging our employees regularly to hear and take action on their sentiment.

Employee recognition is core to who we are and we take great pride in recognizing those who embody our values, are top achievers, drive results and have longevity.  Our recognition platform provides for peer-to-peer recognition and allows anyone in the company to recognize others for a job well done. On a quarterly basis we recognize four to five employees who embody our Company values and we celebrate tenure and experience by acknowledging five and ten years of service to the Company. Lastly, each year the Top Bill award is given to one individual that exhibits all of our values consistently, drives and delivers business results and is a master of their craft.

Social Justice

At Bill.com, we are building a diverse workforce, promoting equity in our practices and creating inclusive employee communities that encourage employee growth. Our mission is to build a company where inclusivity, authenticity and action matter, that fosters an equitable approach to hiring, career development, compensation and growth, and continuously cultivates a sense of inclusion and social responsibility. Shortly after witnessing the racial injustices in the summer of 2020, we created a Social Justice Initiative which brought together employees from across the company to work on five workstreams: Recruiting and Hiring, Diversity and Inclusion, Volunteerism, Minority Owned SMB’s and Vendors. Our Senior Vice President of People, a black woman, is the executive sponsor of our Social Justice Initiative. More than 200 of our employees actively participate in events, employee resource groups, sponsorships and other activities in support of this initiative.  

12


Table of Contents

 

Total Rewards

We are committed to providing a fair and equitable compensation and benefits program that supports our diverse workforce. We provide competitive pay and benefits to attract and retain talent, including offering market-competitive base salary, bi-annual bonuses and sales commissions, and equity. We offer employees equity at the time of hire and through annual equity refresh grants, and provide an employee stock purchase plan, to foster a strong sense of ownership and engage our employees in our long-term success. We routinely run analyses to ensure compensation is fair, considering compensable factors that can impact pay, such as role, level, experience, location and performance. Our full-time employees are eligible to receive, subject to the satisfaction of certain eligibility requirements, our comprehensive benefits package, including our medical, dental and vision insurance and life and income protection plans. In addition, we provide uncapped time off, as well as maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. In offering these benefit plans, our intent is to provide a level of benefits that are comparable to those offered by similar companies.

Employee Wellness/ COVID-19 Response

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we instituted several programs and precautionary measures in support of employee well-being and to protect the health and safety of our workforce, our customers and the communities in which we participate. In March 2020, we closed our corporate headquarters in California and our office in Texas, implemented full-time work from home for our entire workforce and eliminated non-essential travel. We regularly surveyed our team members through our employee survey tool to best understand their needs.  Based on survey results, we established no meetings Wednesday afternoons, instituted a remote work program, provided several wellness days, gave employees a home office stipend, provided additional mental health resources, and options for social connections and vaccination support. We continue to monitor federal, state and local regulatory pronouncements and COVID-19 infection statistics and have begun to reopen our offices in phases, depending on location. In connection with our office re-openings we have instituted numerous social distancing measures to ensure the safety of our employees. As of June 30, 2021, a significant number of our employees continued to work in a remote capacity.

Intellectual Property

We seek to protect our intellectual property rights by relying upon a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as contractual measures.

As of June 30, 2021, in the U.S., we had fourteen issued patents that expire between 2028 and 2038, and ten pending patent applications. These patents and patent applications seek to protect proprietary inventions relevant to our business. While we believe our patents and patent applications in the aggregate are important to our competitive position, no single patent or patent application is material to us as a whole. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

As of June 30, 2021, in the U.S., we had three trademark registrations covering the “Bill.com” logo and two trademark registrations related to the “Divvy” name. We also have pending trademark applications for certain logos. We will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective. We also own several domain names, including www.bill.com and www.getdivvy.com.

We rely on trade secrets and confidential information to develop and maintain our competitive position. It is our practice to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements (or similar agreements) with our employees, consultants, and contractors involved in the development of intellectual property on our behalf. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with other third parties in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our confidential information and proprietary information. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in our terms of service.

From time to time we also incorporate certain intellectual property licensed from third parties, including under certain open source licenses. Even if any such third-party technology was not available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we believe that alternative technologies would be available as needed.

13


Table of Contents

 

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries where our products are produced may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the U.S. Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation based on allegations of patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We believe that competitors will try to develop products that are similar to ours and that may infringe our intellectual property rights. Our competitors or other third-parties may also claim that our solutions infringe their intellectual property rights. In particular, some companies in our industry have extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties have in the past and may in the future assert claims of infringement, misappropriation, and other violations of intellectual property rights against us or our customers or partners, with whom our agreements may obligate us to indemnify against these claims. Successful claims of infringement by a third party could prevent us from offering certain products or features, require us to develop alternate, non-infringing technology, which could require significant time and during which we could be unable to continue to offer our affected products, require us to obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, or force us to pay substantial damages, royalties, or other fees. Moreover, our products incorporate software components licensed to the general public under open source software licenses. Open source licenses grant licensees broad permissions to use, copy, modify, and redistribute our platform. As a result, open source development and license practices can limit the value of our software copyright assets. For additional information about our intellectual property and associated risks, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry.”

Available Information

Our internet address is www.bill.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

14


Table of Contents

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Summary of Risk Factors

Some of the material risks that we face include:

 

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future;

 

Our recent rapid growth, including growth in our volume of payments, may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively;

 

Our risk management efforts may not be effective to prevent fraudulent activities by our customers or their counterparties, which could expose us to material financial losses and liability and otherwise harm our business;

 

We transfer large sums of customer funds daily, and are subject to the risk of errors, which could result in financial losses, damage to our reputation, or loss of trust in our brand, which could harm our business and financial results;

 

Customer funds that we hold in trust are subject to market, interest rate, foreign exchange, and liquidity risks, as well as general political and economic conditions. The loss of these funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

We earn revenue from interest earned on customer funds held in trust while payments are clearing, which is subject to market conditions and may decrease as customers’ adoption of electronic payments and technology continues to evolve;

 

If we are unable to attract new customers or convert trial customers into paying customers, our revenue growth and operating results will be adversely affected;

 

If we are unable to retain our current customers or sell additional functionality and services to them, our revenue growth will be adversely affected;

 

We expect fluctuations in our financial results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our operating results, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline;

 

We may not be successful in our efforts to promote Divvy corporate card usage through marketing and promotion and rewards, which may materially impact our results of operations and financial condition;

 

Our business depends, in part, on our relationships with accounting firms;

 

Our business depends, in part, on our strategic partnerships with financial institutions;

 

We are subject to numerous risks related to partner banks and financing arrangements for our Divvy spending businesses;

 

Our Divvy card exposes us to risks, including in relation to a Divvy spending businesses to pay the balances they incur on their cards

 

The pending acquisition of Invoice2go presents many risks and we may not realize the strategic and financial goals that were contemplated at the time we entered into the Merger Agreement;

15


Table of Contents

 

 

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed;

 

Our business and operations have and may continue to be affected by the global outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

Payments and other financial services-related regulations and oversight are material to our business. Our failure to comply could materially harm our business;

 

Future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, collaborations, or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition;

 

Our debt service obligations, including the 2025 Notes, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations; and

 

We may not have the ability to raise funds necessary for cash settlement upon conversion of the 2025 Notes or to repurchase the 2025 Notes for cash upon a fundamental change, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion of the 2025 Notes or to repurchase the 2025 Notes.

 

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and if our remediation of such material weakness is not effective, or if we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We were incorporated in 2006 and have mostly experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. We generated net losses of $98.7 million, $31.1 million and $7.3 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our net loss for fiscal 2021 includes the results of operations of Divvy from the date of acquisition on June 1, 2021. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $247.5 million. While we have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods, we are not certain whether or when we will obtain a high enough volume of subscription and transaction fee revenue to sustain or increase our growth or achieve or maintain profitability in the future. We also expect our costs and expenses to increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our future operating results if our revenue does not increase. In particular, we intend to continue to expend significant funds to further develop our platform, including introducing new products and functionality, and to expand our marketing programs and sales teams to drive new customer adoption, expand strategic partner integrations, and support international expansion. Our profitability each quarter is also impacted by the mix of our revenue generated from subscriptions and transaction fees, on the one hand, and interest earned on customer funds that we hold in trust, on the other. Any changes in this revenue mix will have the effect of increasing or decreasing our margins. We will also face increased compliance and security costs associated with growth, the expansion of our customer base, and being a public company. Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our increased operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for several reasons, including the other risks described herein, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the value of our business and common stock may significantly decrease.

Our recent rapid growth, including growth in our volume of payments, may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

Our revenue was $238.3 million, $157.6 million and $108.4 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our revenue for fiscal 2021 includes the revenue of Divvy from the date of acquisition on June 1, 2021. Our TPV was $140.3 billion, $96.5 billion and $71.3 billion for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Although we have recently experienced significant growth in our revenue and payment volume, even if our revenue continues to increase, we expect our growth

16


Table of Contents

 

rate will decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the increasing scale of our business. Overall growth of our revenue depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

price our platform effectively to attract new customers and increase sales to our existing customers;

 

expand the functionality and scope of the products we offer on our platform;

 

maintain the rates at which customers subscribe to and continue to use our platform;

 

maintain payment volume;

 

generate interest income on customer funds that we hold in trust;

 

provide our customers with high-quality customer support that meets their needs;

 

introduce our products to new markets outside of the U.S.;

 

serve SMBs across a wide cross-section of industries;

 

expand our target market beyond SMBs;

 

manage the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and operations;

 

successfully identify and acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform; and

 

increase awareness of our brand and successfully compete with other companies.

We may not successfully accomplish any of these objectives, which makes it difficult for us to forecast our future operating results. Further, the revenue that we derive from interest income on customer funds is dependent on interest rates, which we do not control. If the assumptions that we use to plan our business are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our market, or if we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our stock price could be volatile, and it may be difficult to achieve and maintain profitability. You should not rely on our revenue from any prior quarterly or annual periods as any indication of our future revenue or revenue or payment growth.

In addition, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

sales, marketing and customer success, including an expansion of our sales organization and new customer success initiatives;

 

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance, and security;

 

product development, including investments in our product development team and the development of new products and new functionality for our AI-enabled platform;

 

acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

international expansion;

 

regulatory compliance and risk management; and

 

general administration, including increased legal and accounting expenses associated with being a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue growth in our business. If we are unable to increase our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, or if we encounter difficulties in managing a growing volume of payments, our business, financial position, and operating results will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability over the long term.

Our risk management efforts may not be effective to prevent fraudulent activities by our customers, spending businesses or their counterparties, which could expose us to material financial losses and liability and otherwise harm our business.

We offer software that digitizes and automates back-office financial operations for a large number of customers and executes payments to their vendors or from their clients. We are responsible for verifying the identity of our customers and

17


Table of Contents

 

their users, and monitoring transactions for fraud. We have been in the past and will continue to be targeted by parties who seek to commit acts of financial fraud using techniques such as stolen identities and bank accounts, compromised business email accounts, employee or insider fraud, account takeover, false applications, and check fraud. We may suffer losses from acts of financial fraud committed by our customers and their users, our employees or third-parties.

The techniques used to perpetrate fraud on our platform are continually evolving, and we expend considerable resources to continue to monitor and combat them. In addition, when we introduce new products and functionality, or expand existing products, we may not be able to identify all risks created by such new products or functionality. Our risk management policies, procedures, techniques, and processes may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks to which we are exposed, to enable us to prevent or mitigate the risks we have identified, or to identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future. Our risk management policies, procedures, techniques, and processes may contain errors, or our employees or agents may commit mistakes or errors in judgment as a result of which we may suffer large financial losses. The software-driven and highly automated nature of our platform could enable criminals and those committing fraud to steal significant amounts of money from businesses like ours.

Our current business and anticipated domestic and international growth will continue to place significant demands on our risk management efforts, and we will need to continue developing and improving our existing risk management infrastructure, policies, procedures, techniques, and processes. As techniques used to perpetrate fraud on our platform evolve, we may need to modify our products or services to mitigate fraud risks. As our business grows and becomes more complex, we may be less able to forecast and carry appropriate reserves in our books for fraud related losses.

Further, these types of fraudulent activities on our platform can also expose us to civil and criminal liability and governmental and regulatory sanctions as well as potentially cause us to be in breach of our contractual obligations to our third-party partners.

We transfer large sums of customer funds daily, and are subject to the risk of errors, which could result in financial losses, damage to our reputation, or loss of trust in our brand, which would harm our business and financial results.

For fiscal 2021, over 121,000 customers processed approximately $140.3 billion in TPV on our platform. For the purposes of measuring our key business metrics, we define customers as entities that are either billed directly by us or for which we bill our strategic partners during a particular period. We have grown rapidly and seek to continue to grow, and although we maintain a robust and multi-faceted risk management process, our business is always subject to the risk of financial losses as a result of credit losses, operational errors, software defects, service disruption, employee misconduct, security breaches, or other similar actions or errors on our platform. As a provider of accounts payable, accounts receivable, and payment solutions, we collect and transfer funds on behalf of our customers. Software errors in our platform and operational errors by our employees may also expose us to losses.

Moreover, our trustworthiness and reputation are fundamental to our business. As a provider of cloud-based software for complex back-office financial operations, the occurrence of any credit losses, operational errors, software defects, service disruption, employee misconduct, security breaches, or other similar actions or errors on our platform could result in financial losses to our business and our customers, loss of trust, damage to our reputation, or termination of our agreements with strategic partners and accountants, each of which could result in:

 

loss of customers;

 

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our platform;

 

legal claims against us, including warranty and service level agreement claims;

 

regulatory enforcement action; or

 

diversion of our resources, including through increased service expenses or financial concessions, and increased insurance costs.

Although our terms of service allocate to our customers the risk of loss resulting from our customers’ errors, omissions, employee fraud, or other fraudulent activity related to their systems, in some instances we may cover such losses for efficiency or to prevent damage to our reputation. Although we maintain insurance to cover losses resulting from our errors and omissions, there can be no assurance that our insurance will cover all losses or our coverage will be sufficient to cover our losses. If we suffer significant losses or reputational harm as a result, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

18


Table of Contents

 

Customer funds that we hold in trust are subject to market, interest rate, foreign exchange, and liquidity risks, as well as general political and economic conditions. The loss of these funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We invest funds that we hold in trust for our customers, including funds being remitted to suppliers, in highly liquid, investment-grade marketable securities, money market securities, and other cash equivalents. Nevertheless, our customer fund assets are subject to general market, interest rate, credit, foreign exchange, and liquidity risks. These risks may be exacerbated, individually or in the aggregate, during periods of heavy financial market volatility. In the event of a global financial crisis, such as that experienced in 2008 and such as that which may result from the COVID-19 or other pandemics, employment levels and interest rates may decrease with a corresponding impact on our business. As a result, we could be faced with a severe constriction of the availability of liquidity, which could impact our ability to fulfill our obligations to move customer money to its intended recipient. Additionally, we rely upon certain banking partners and third parties to originate payments, process checks, execute wire transfers, and issue virtual cards, which could be similarly affected by a liquidity shortage and further exacerbate our ability to operate our business. Any loss of or inability to access customer funds could have an adverse impact on our cash position and results of operations, could require us to obtain additional sources of liquidity, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are licensed as a money transmitter in all required U.S. states. In certain jurisdictions where we operate, we are required to hold eligible liquid assets, as defined by the relevant regulators in each jurisdiction, equal to at least 100% of the aggregate amount of all customer balances. Our ability to manage and accurately account for the assets underlying our customer funds and comply with applicable liquid asset requirements requires a high level of internal controls. As our business continues to grow and we expand our product offerings, we will need to scale our associated internal controls. Our success requires significant public confidence in our ability to properly manage our customers’ balances and handle large and growing transaction volumes and amounts of customer funds. Any failure to maintain the necessary controls or to accurately manage our customer funds and the assets underlying our customer funds in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements could result in reputational harm, lead customers to discontinue or reduce their use of our products, and result in significant penalties and fines, possibly including the loss of our state money transmitter licenses, which would materially harm our business.

We earn revenue from interest earned on customer funds held in trust while payments are clearing, which is subject to market conditions and may decrease as customers’ adoption of electronic payments and technology continues to evolve.

For fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we generated $6.0 million, $21.2 million and $22.4 million, respectively, in revenue from interest earned on funds held in trust on behalf of customers while payment transactions are clearing, or approximately 3%, 13% and 21% of our total revenue for such periods, respectively. While these payments are clearing, we deposit the funds in highly liquid, investment-grade marketable securities, and generate revenue that is correlated to the federal funds rate. When interest rates decrease, the amount of revenue we generate from these investments decreases. Additionally, because we process electronic payments faster than checks, we hold customer funds for a shorter time and consequently, earn less revenue. If our customers transition from checks to electronic payments faster than we anticipate, or to new, faster payment rails like The Clearing House’s Real Time Payments Network, our revenue could decrease and our financial results could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to attract new customers or convert trial customers into paying customers, our revenue growth and operating results will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, we must continue to attract new customers and increase sales to those customers. As our market matures, product and service offerings evolve, and competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated products or services that are perceived to compete with our platform, our ability to sell subscriptions or successfully increase customer adoption of new payment products could be impaired. Similarly, our subscription sales could be adversely affected if customers or users perceive that features incorporated into alternative products reduce the need for our platform or if they prefer to purchase products that are bundled with solutions offered by other companies. Further, in an effort to attract new customers, we may offer simpler, lower-priced products or promotions, which may reduce our profitability.

We rely upon our marketing strategy of offering risk-free trials of our platform and other digital marketing strategies to generate sales opportunities. Many of our customers start a risk-free trial of our service. Converting these trial customers to paid customers often requires extensive follow-up and engagement. Many prospective customers never convert from the trial version of a product to a paid version of a product. Further, we often depend on the ability of individuals within an organization who initiate the trial versions of our products to convince decision makers within their

19


Table of Contents

 

organization to convert to a paid version. To the extent that these users do not become, or are unable to convince others to become, paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of this marketing strategy, and our ability to grow our revenue will be adversely affected. As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to attract new customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, gross margins, and operating results.

If we are unable to retain our current customers, sell additional functionality and services to them, or develop and launch new payment products, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, in addition to acquiring new customers, we must continue to retain existing customers and convince them to expand their use of our platform by increasing the number of users and incenting them to pay for additional functionality. To date, a significant portion of our growth has been attributable to customer adoption of new payment products. Our ability to retain our customers and increase their usage could be impaired for a variety of reasons, including our inability to develop and launch new payment products, customer reaction to changes in the pricing of our products or the other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As a result, we may be unable to retain existing customers or increase the usage of our platform by them, which would have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, gross margins, and other operating results, and accordingly, on the trading price of our common stock.

Our ability to sell new payment products or additional functionality to our existing customers may require more sophisticated and costly sales efforts, especially for our larger customers with more senior management and established procurement functions. Similarly, the rate at which our customers purchase additional products from us depends on several factors, including general economic conditions and the pricing of additional product functionality. If our efforts to sell additional functionality to our customers are not successful, our business and growth prospects would suffer.

While some of our contracts are non-cancelable annual subscription contracts, most of our contracts with customers and accounting firms primarily consist of open-ended arrangements that can be terminated by either party without penalty at any time. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions to our platform after the expiration of their subscription period. For us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our customers continue to maintain their subscriptions on the same or more favorable terms. We cannot accurately predict renewal or expansion rates given the diversity of our customer base in terms of size, industry, and geography. Our renewal and expansion rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of several factors, including customer spending levels, customer satisfaction with our platform, decreases in the number of users, changes in the type and size of our customers, pricing changes, competitive conditions, the acquisition of our customers by other companies, and general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, or if they reduce their usage of our platform, our revenue and other operating results will decline and our business will suffer. If our renewal or expansion rates fall significantly below the expectations of the public market, securities analysts, or investors, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline.

We expect fluctuations in our financial results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our operating results, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our operating results include the following:

 

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our platform;

 

our ability to attract new customers;

 

our ability to retain and grow engagement with our existing customers;

 

our ability to expand our relationships with our accounting firm partners, financial institution partners, and accounting software partners, or identify and attract new partners;

 

customer expansion rates;

 

changes in customer preference for cloud-based services as a result of security breaches in the industry or privacy concerns, or other security or reliability concerns regarding our products;

 

fluctuations or delays in purchasing decisions in anticipation of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

20


Table of Contents

 

 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our employees, customers, strategic partners, vendors, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition;

 

changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

 

potential and existing customers choosing our competitors’ products or developing their own solutions in-house;

 

the development or introduction of new platforms or services that are easier to use or more advanced than our current suite of services, especially related to the application of artificial intelligence-based services;

 

our failure to adapt to new forms of payment that become widely accepted, including cryptocurrency;

 

the adoption or retention of more entrenched or rival services in the international markets where we compete;

 

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses, including commissions;

 

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments, and other non-cash charges;

 

the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training, and integrating new employees, and retaining and motivating existing employees;

 

fluctuation in market interest rates, which impacts interest earned on funds held for customers;

 

the effects of acquisitions and their integration;

 

general economic conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

 

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

 

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market;

 

security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our platform; and

 

awareness of our brand and our reputation in our target markets.

Any of these and other factors, or the cumulative effect of some of these factors, may cause our operating results to vary significantly. In addition, we expect to incur significant additional expenses due to the increased costs of operating as a public company. If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

 

We may not be successful in our efforts to promote Divvy corporate card usage through marketing and promotion and spending business rewards, which may materially impact our results of operations and financial condition.

The revenue growth of Divvy is dependent on increasing business spending on our cards. We have been investing in a number of growth initiatives, including to capture a greater share of spending businesses’ total spend, but there can be no assurance that such investments will be effective. In addition, if we develop new products or offerings that attract spending businesses looking for short-term incentives rather than displaying long-term loyalty, attrition and costs could increase. Expanding our service offerings, adding acquisition channels and forming new partnerships or renewing current partnerships could have higher costs than our current arrangements and could dilute our brand. In addition, we offer rewards to spending businesses based on their usage of spend management cards. Redemptions of rewards present significant associated redemption costs for our business. We operate in a highly competitive environment and may need to increase the rewards that we offer or provide other incentives to spending businesses in order to grow our business. Any significant change in, or failure by management to reasonably estimate, such costs could adversely affect or harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

21


Table of Contents

 

Our business depends, in part, on our relationships with accounting firms.

Our relationships with our more than 5,400 accounting firm partners account for approximately 51% of our total customers as of June 30, 2021 and 46% of our total revenue for fiscal 2021. We market and sell our products and services through accounting firms. We also have a partnership with CPA.com to market our products and services to accounting firms, which then enroll their customers directly onto our platform. Although our relationships with accounting firms are independent of one another, if our reputation in the accounting industry more broadly were to suffer, or if we were unable to establish relationships with new accounting firms and grow our relationships with existing accounting firm partners, our growth prospects would weaken and our business, financial position, and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our business depends, in part, on our strategic partnerships with financial institutions.

To grow our business, we enter into relationships with our financial institution partners and partner with other banks and financial institutions. Sales to new strategic partner enterprises involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to SMB organizations. With strategic partners, the decision to subscribe to our platform and then make our services available to their customers frequently requires the approval of multiple management personnel and more technical personnel than would be typical of a smaller organization. Purchases by strategic partners are also frequently subject to budget constraints and unplanned administrative, processing, and other delays, including considerable efforts to negotiate and document relationships with them. Even after we have successfully entered into agreements with our strategic partners, the deployment of our platform and its availability to our strategic partners’ customers may be subject to significant delays as a result of changes in the strategic partners’ business or to our strategic partners’ internal resource allocations or other priorities. We integrate our platform with our financial institution partners’ own websites and apps, which requires significant time and resources to design and deploy. Significant delays in the deployment of our platform to our strategic partners’ customers could cause us to incur significant expenditures for platform integration without generating corresponding revenue in the same period or at all, and could adversely impact our results of operations. If we are unable to increase sales of our platform to strategic partners or manage the costs associated with integrating with their systems, or the availability of our services to the strategic partners’ customers are delayed, our business, financial position, and operating results may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to attract new financial institution strategic partners if our potential partners favor our competitors’ products or services over our platform or choose to compete with our products directly. Further, many of our existing financial institution partners have greater resources than we do and could choose to develop their own solutions to replace ours. Moreover, certain financial institutions may elect to focus on other market segments and decide to terminate their SMB-focused services. For example, in late 2018, one of our former financial institution partners chose not to renew its relationship with us due to a change in business strategy. As a result, we lost approximately 5,000 customers. Although these customers did not represent a significant amount of revenue for our business, there can be no guarantee that other financial institution partners will not choose to terminate their relationships for strategic or other reasons. If we are unsuccessful in establishing, growing, or maintaining our relationships with strategic partners, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired, and our results of operations may suffer.

Our business depends, in part, on our relationship with Intuit.

In addition to our relationship with financial institutions, we rely on our strategic relationship with Intuit Inc., a leading provider of financial, accounting, and tax preparation software, to further expand our business. Our platform is integrated into Intuit’s QuickBooks product, which millions of SMBs rely on for accounting services. Achieving this integration required extensive coordination and commitment of time and resources, and has led to thousands of additional customers for us. Our agreement with Intuit will terminate on June 26, 2023, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the agreement. The agreement enables us to continue supporting our platform within QuickBooks. In addition, we will be able to jointly market and promote our standalone offering, which includes advanced payment and workflow automation capabilities, to customers of Intuit’s QuickBooks Online Advanced product. If we are unable to increase adoption of our platform by Intuit’s customers, however, our growth prospects may be adversely affected. Additionally, if Intuit reconfigures its platform in a manner that no longer supports our integration with QuickBooks, we would lose customers and our business would be adversely affected. Intuit has integrated another third-party bill pay solution into its QuickBooks product.  Further, Intuit may seek to develop a solution of its own, acquire a solution to compete with ours, or decide to partner with other competing applications, any of which its SMB customers may select over ours, thereby harming our growth prospects and reputation and adversely affecting our results of operations.

22


Table of Contents

 

Our spend management business is dependent on our relationship with our issuing bank partners, Cross River Bank and WEX Bank.

 

The extensions of credit facilitated through our platform are originated through Cross River Bank and WEX Bank and we rely on these bank partners to comply with various federal, state and other laws. There has been significant recent U.S. Congressional and federal administrative agency lawmaking and rulings in the area of bank - non-bank partnership arrangements involving extensions of credit and the regulatory environment in this area remains unsettled. There has also been significant recent government enforcement action and litigation challenging the validity of such arrangements, including disputes seeking to recharacterize lending transactions on the basis that the non-bank party rather than the bank is the “true lender” or “de facto lender”, and in case law upholding the “valid when made” doctrine, which holds that federal preemption of state interest rate limitations are not applicable in the context of certain bank - non-bank partnership arrangements. If the legal structure underlying our relationship with our issuing bank partners were to be successfully challenged, we may be found to be in violation of state licensing requirements and state laws regulating interest rates. In addition, adverse orders or regulatory enforcement actions against our issuing banks, even if unrelated to our business, could impose restrictions on our issuing banks’ ability to continue to extend credit through our platform or on current terms.

Cross River Bank and WEX Bank are subject to oversight by the FDIC and state banking regulators and must comply with applicable rules and regulations and examination requirements. As a service provider to Cross River Bank and WEX Bank, we are subject to audit by these banks in accordance with FDIC guidance related to management of vendors and other bank specific requirements pursuant to the terms of our agreements with these banks. We are also subject to the examination and enforcement authority of the FDIC under the Bank Service Company Act. If we fail to comply with requirements applicable to us by law or contract, or if audits by our issuing banks were to conclude that our processes and procedures are insufficiently rigorous, we may be subject to fines or penalties or our issuing banks could terminate their relationships with us.

 

In the event of a challenge to the legal structure underlying our relationships with our issuing bank partners or if one or both of our issuing banks were to suspend, limit, or cease its operations, or were to otherwise terminate for any reason (including, but not limited to, the failure by an issuing bank to comply with regulatory actions), we would need to identify and implement alternative, compliant, bank relationships or otherwise modify our business practices in order to be compliant with prevailing law or regulation, which could result in business interruptions or delays, force us to incur additional expenses and potentially interfere with our existing customer and spending business relationships or make us less attractive to potential new customers and spending businesses, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely on a variety of funding sources to support Divvy’s business model. If our existing funding arrangements are not renewed or replaced, or if our existing funding sources are unwilling or unable to provide funding to us on terms acceptable to us, or at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and future prospects.

 

In order to support Divvy’s business model and the growth of Divvy’s business we must maintain a variety of funding arrangements, including warehouse facilities and purchase arrangements with financial institutions. In particular, we have financing arrangements in place pursuant to which we purchase from our issuing banks participation interests in the accounts receivables (Receivable) generated when Divvy spending businesses make purchases using our cards. We typically fund a substantial portion of these Receivable purchases by borrowing under credit facilities with our finance partners, although we may also fund Receivable purchases using corporate cash. Typically, we immediately sell a portion of the Receivables we have purchased to a warehousing subsidiary which funds the purchases through loans provided by our financing partners, and we may sell a portion of our receivables to a third-party institution pursuant to a purchase arrangement.  

If our finance partners terminate or interrupt their financing or purchase of our Receivables or are unable to offer terms which are acceptable to us, we may have to fund these purchases using corporate cash, which we have a limited ability to do and would place significant stress on our cash resources. An inability to purchase Receivables from our issuing banks, whether funded through financing or corporate cash, could result in the banks’ limiting extensions of credit to Divvy spending businesses or ceasing to extend credit for our cards altogether, which would interrupt or limit our ability to offer our card products and materially and adversely affect our business.

 

23


Table of Contents

 

 

We cannot guarantee that these funding arrangements will continue to be available on favorable terms or at all, and our funding strategy may change over time, depending on the availability of such funding arrangements. In addition, our funding sources may reassess their exposure to our industry and either curtail access to uncommitted financing capacity, fail to renew or extend facilities, or impose higher costs to access funding. In addition, there can be no assurances that we would be able to extend or replace our existing funding arrangements at maturity, on reasonable terms or at all.

 

If our existing funding arrangements are not renewed or replaced or our existing funding sources are unwilling or unable to provide funding to us on terms acceptable to us, or at all, we would need to secure additional sources of funding or reduce Divvy’s operations significantly. Further, as the volume of credit facilitated through our platform increases, we may need to expand the funding capacity under our existing funding arrangements or add new sources of capital. The availability and diversity of our funding arrangements depends on various factors and are subject to numerous risks, many of which are outside of our control. If we are unable to maintain access to, or to expand, our network and diversity of funding arrangements, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Our Divvy card exposes us to credit risk and other risks related to Divvy spending businesses’ ability to pay the balances incurred on their cards. In addition, if collection efforts on overdue card balances are ineffective or unsuccessful, we may incur financial losses or lose the confidence of our funding sources.

We offer our Divvy card as a credit product to a wide range of businesses in the U.S., and the success of this product depends on our ability to effectively manage related risks. The credit decision-making process for our Divvy cards uses techniques designed to analyze the credit risk of specific businesses based on, among other factors, their past purchase and transaction history, as well as their credit scores. Similarly, proprietary risk models and other indicators are applied to assess current or prospective spending businesses who desire to use our cards to help predict their ability to repay. These risk models may not accurately predict creditworthiness due to inaccurate assumptions, including assumptions related to the particular spending business, market conditions, economic environment, or limited transaction history or other data, among other factors. The accuracy of these risk models and the ability to manage credit risk related to our cards may also be affected by legal or regulatory requirements, competitors’ actions, changes in consumer behavior, changes in the economic environment, issuing bank policies, and other factors.

For a substantial majority of extensions of credit facilitated through our platform, we purchase from our issuing banks interests in the receivables generated when Divvy spending businesses make purchases using our cards and we bear the entire credit risk in the event that the spending businesses fail to pay card balances. Like other businesses with significant exposure to losses from credit, we face the risk that spending businesses will default on their payment obligations, creating the risk of potential charge-offs. The non-payment rate among Divvy spending businesses may increase due to, among other factors, changes to underwriting standards, risk models not accurately predicting the creditworthiness of a business, worsening economic conditions, such as a recession or government austerity programs and high unemployment rates. Spending businesses who miss payments may fail to repay their outstanding statement balances, and spending businesses who file for protection under the bankruptcy laws generally do not repay their outstanding balances. Any such losses or failures of our risk models could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Non-performance, or even significant underperformance, of the receivables that we own could have an adverse effect on our business.

Additionally, our funding model relies on a variety of funding arrangements, including warehouse facilities and purchase arrangements, with a variety of funding sources. Any significant underperformance of the Receivables we own may adversely impact our relationship with such funding sources and result in an increase in our cost of financing, a modification or termination of our existing funding arrangements or our ability to procure funding, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.

24


Table of Contents

 

The pending acquisition of Invoice2go presents many risks, and we may not realize the strategic and financial goals that were contemplated at the time we entered into the Merger Agreement.

Risks we may face in connection with the pending acquisition and subsequent integration of Invoice2go include:

 

the closing of the acquisition could be delayed or not consummated, including in the event that the closing conditions are not satisfied or waived, the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, fails to occur, or we or Invoice2go terminate the Merger Agreement;

 

we may not realize the benefits we expect to receive from the transaction;

 

we may have difficulties managing Invoice2go’s products and business relationships or retaining key personnel from Invoice2go;

 

the acquisition may not further our business strategy as we expected and there could be unanticipated adverse impacts on Invoice2go’s business, or we may otherwise not realize our expected return on investment, which could adversely affect our business or operating results;

 

our operating results or financial condition may be adversely impacted by (i) claims or liabilities related to Invoice2go’s business including, among others, claims from U.S., Australian or other international regulatory or other governmental agencies, terminated employees, current or former customers or business partners, or other third parties; (ii) pre-existing contractual relationships of Invoice2go that we would not have otherwise entered into, the termination or modification of which may be costly or disruptive to our business; (iii) unfavorable accounting or tax treatment as a result of Invoice2go’s practices; and (iv) intellectual property claims or disputes;

 

the Merger Agreement provides for limited post-closing indemnification protection related to pre-closing Invoice2go operations and, therefore, we may incur unforeseen costs as a result of Invoice2go’s pre-closing activities, over which we have limited control;

 

we may fail to identify or assess the magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquiring Invoice2go, which could result in unexpected litigation or regulatory exposure, unfavorable accounting or tax treatment, a diversion of management’s attention and resources, and other adverse effects on our business, financial condition, and operating results;

 

Invoice2go’s existing information security systems and infrastructure may require additional investments of time and resources in order to scale and, as necessary, to integrate into our platform or to be developed to appropriate standards;

 

Invoice2go conducts significant international business activity, has operations in Australia and an international customer base. To date, we conduct very limited international business activity. If we acquire Invoice2go we will become subject to numerous risks associated with conducting business internationally, particularly in relation to compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting, and changing governmental laws and regulations, including banking, anti-money laundering, securities, employment, tax, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation;

 

Invoice2go has not been required to maintain an internal control infrastructure that would meet the standards of a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The costs that we may incur to implement such controls and procedures may be substantial and we could encounter unexpected delays and challenges in this implementation. In addition, we may discover significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the quality of Invoice2go’s financial and disclosure controls and procedures.

25


Table of Contents

 

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for financial back-office solutions is fragmented, competitive, and constantly evolving. Our competitors range from large entities that predominantly focus on enterprise resource planning solutions, to smaller niche suppliers of solutions that focus exclusively on document management, workflow management, accounts payable, accounts receivable, spend management, and/or electronic bill presentment and payment. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect that the competitive environment will remain intense going forward. Our competitors that currently focus on enterprise solutions may offer products to SMBs that compete with ours. Accounting software providers, such as Intuit, as well as the financial institutions with which we partner, may internally develop products, acquire existing, third-party products, or may enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships that would enable them to expand their product offerings to compete with our platform or provide more comprehensive offerings than they individually had offered or achieve greater economies of scale than us. These software providers and financial institutions may have the operating flexibility to bundle competing solutions with other offerings, including offering them at a lower price or for no additional cost to customers as part of a larger sale. In addition, new entrants not currently considered to be competitors may enter the market through acquisitions, partnerships, or strategic relationships. As we look to market and sell our platform to potential customers, spending business or strategic partners with existing solutions, we must convince their internal stakeholders that our platform is superior to their current solutions.

We compete on several factors, including:

 

product features, quality, and functionality;

 

data asset size and ability to leverage artificial intelligence to grow faster and smarter;

 

ease of deployment;

 

ease of integration with leading accounting and banking technology infrastructures;

 

ability to automate processes;

 

cloud-based delivery architecture;

 

advanced security and control features;

 

regulatory compliance leadership, as evidenced by money transmitter licenses in all required U.S. jurisdictions;

 

brand recognition; and

 

pricing and total cost of ownership.

Our competitors vary in size, breadth, and scope of the products and services offered. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer relationships, larger marketing budgets, and greater resources than us. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, and customer requirements. For example, an existing competitor or new entrant could introduce new technology that reduces demand for our platform.

In addition, the market for our products and services is competitive, and we expect the market to attract increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition for our offerings from a range of companies that continue to develop additional products and to become more sophisticated and effective. Many of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors might be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Certain competitors have long-standing exclusive, or nearly exclusive, relationships with financial services provider partners to accept payment cards and other services that compete with what we offer. Competing services tied to established brands may engender greater confidence in the safety and efficacy of their services. If we are unable to differentiate ourselves from and successfully compete with our competitors, our business will be materially and adversely affected.

For these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors, and this competition could result in the failure of our platform to continue to achieve or maintain market acceptance, any of which would harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

26


Table of Contents

 

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with popular accounting software solutions or offerings of our strategic partners, our revenue and growth prospects will decline.

To deliver a comprehensive solution, our platform integrates with popular accounting software providers including Intuit QuickBooks, Oracle NetSuite, Sage Intacct, and Microsoft Dynamics 365, through application program interfaces (APIs) made available by these software providers. We automatically synchronize customers, suppliers, clients, invoices, and payment transactions between our platform and these systems. This two-way sync eliminates duplicate data entry and provides the basis for managing cash-flow through an integrated solution for accounts payable, accounts receivable, and payments.

If any of the accounting software providers change the features of their APIs, discontinue their support of such APIs, restrict our access to their APIs, or alter the terms governing their use in a manner that is adverse to our business, we will not be able to provide synchronization capabilities, which could significantly diminish the value of our platform and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

The functionality and popularity of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our platform with the offerings of our strategic partners. Critically, our financial institution strategic partners must be able to integrate our platform into their existing offerings. These strategic partners periodically update and change their systems, and although we have been able to adapt our platform to their evolving needs in the past, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to do so in the future. In particular, if we are unable to adapt to the needs of our strategic partners’ platforms, our strategic partners may terminate their agreements with us and we may lose access to large numbers of customers as a result.

We depend upon several third-party service providers for processing our transactions. If any of our agreements with our processing providers are terminated, we could experience service interruptions.

We depend on banks, including JPMorgan Chase, and Silicon Valley Bank, to process ACH transactions and checks for our customers. We have entered into treasury services or similar agreements with these banks for payment processing and related services. Those agreements include significant security, compliance, and operational obligations. If we are not able to comply with those obligations or our agreements with the processing banks are terminated for any reason, we could experience service interruptions as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new services.

Similarly, we have agreements with Cambridge. and Citibank’s WorldLink, under which these firms provide us with cross-border funds transfer capabilities. These arrangements have enabled us to offer our International Payments service, which we view as a significant growth opportunity for our business. Finally, we have an agreement with Comdata, under which Comdata acts as our program manager and issuer processor for our virtual card program.

In addition, we have agreements with WEX Bank, as issuing bank and payment processor for Divvy card transactions on the MasterCard network, and with Cross River Bank and Marqeta, as issuing bank and payment processor, respectively, for Divvy card transactions on the Visa network.

If any of our banking agreements related to ACH transactions or checks, or our agreements with Cambridge, Citibank’s WorldLink, Comdata, WEX Bank, Cross River Bank or Marqeta are terminated, we may experience business interruptions and delays, and be forced to incur additional expenses, potentially interfering with our existing customer and spending business relationships or making us less attractive to potential new customers and spending businesses.

Interruptions or delays in the services provided by AWS or other third-party data centers or internet service providers could impair the delivery of our platform and our business could suffer.

We host our platform using third-party cloud infrastructure services, including co-location facilities at Coresite, Equinix, Iron Mountain and Digital West. We also use public cloud hosting with Amazon Web Services (AWS). All of our products utilize resources operated by us through these providers. We therefore depend on our third-party cloud providers’ ability to protect their data centers against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, and similar events. Our operations depend on protecting the cloud infrastructure hosted by such providers by maintaining their respective configuration, architecture, and interconnection specifications, as well as the information stored in these virtual data centers and transmitted by third-party internet service providers. We have periodically experienced service disruptions in the past, and we cannot assure you that we will not experience interruptions or delays in our service in the future. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative

27


Table of Contents

 

equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the data storage services we use. Although we have disaster recovery plans that utilize multiple data storage locations, any incident affecting their infrastructure that may be caused by fire, flood, severe storm, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters, military actions, terrorist attacks, negligence, and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect our platform. Any prolonged service disruption affecting our platform for any of the foregoing reasons could damage our reputation with current and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers, or otherwise harm our business. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. System failures or outages, including any potential disruptions due to significantly increased global demand on certain cloud-based systems during the COVID-19 pandemic, could compromise our ability to perform these functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business or delay our financial reporting. Such failures could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our platform is accessed by many customers, often at the same time. As we continue to expand the number of our customers and products available to our customers, we may not be able to scale our technology to accommodate the increased capacity requirements, which may result in interruptions or delays in service. In addition, the failure of data centers, internet service providers, or other third-party service providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions or delays in access to our platform or impede our ability to grow our business and scale our operations. If our third-party infrastructure service agreements are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, interruption of internet service provider connectivity, or damage to data centers, we could experience interruptions in access to our platform as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities and services

Moreover, we are in the process of gradually migrating our systems from internal data centers and smaller vendors to AWS. AWS provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. We have a limited history of operating on AWS. As we migrate our data from our servers to AWS’ servers, we may experience some duplication and incur additional costs. If our data migration is not successful, or if AWS unexpectedly terminates our agreement, we would be forced to incur additional expenses to locate an alternative provider and may experience outages or disruptions to our service. Any service disruption affecting our platform during such migration or while operating on the AWS cloud infrastructure could damage our reputation with current and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers, or otherwise harm our business.

Our business and operations have and may continue to be affected by the global outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Our business and operations have and may continue to be affected by the global outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, governments, companies and other authorities have implemented restrictions or policies, such as travel restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place or stay-at-home orders, school closures, mandatory shut-downs, social-distancing and other operating requirements applicable to business establishments. These restrictions have forced many businesses in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, including certain of our strategic partners, vendors, accounting firm partners and customers, to reduce or suspend their operations, lay-off employees, and in some cases shut down operations. In certain cases, this has led us to take mitigating actions to ensure business continuity; for example, we added a second source for several vendor services necessary to enable our business in light of risks to our vendors’ business resulting from the pandemic.  Many of these measures continue to remain in place, and may continue to remain in place for a significant period of time. For so long as the COVID-19 pandemic persists and containment measures and related restrictions remain in place, these conditions will continue to have negative implications on business and consumer spending, the supply chain, production of goods and transportation, global capital markets and the global economy, and could result in a prolonged economic downturn. To the extent the pandemic continues to adversely impact the operations and business of our customers, it may have a material adverse impact on our customer growth, payment and transaction volumes, revenues and financial condition. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to impose restrictions on certain of our business practices (including limitations on employee travel and physical participation in meetings, events, and conferences). In addition, a significant portion of our employees are currently working remotely. This direct impact of the virus, and the disruption on our employees and operations, may negatively impact our productivity, our ability to meet customer demand and our revenue and profit margins. Additionally, the disruption and volatility in the global and domestic capital markets may increase the cost of capital and limit our ability to access capital. Moreover, due to the emergency interventions of the U.S. Federal Reserve to stabilize the U.S. economy, interest rates have fallen sharply, which has adversely impacted our revenue from interest earned on funds held from customers and, to the extent interest rates remain at historical lows, we will continue to experience this adverse impact in the future. The extent to which the pandemic continues to impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition will depend

28


Table of Contents

 

on developments that continue to be highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the success of measures to contain the virus and treat its impact, the timing and efficacy of vaccinations, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may experience material and adverse impacts to our business as a result of any resulting economic downturns, including bankruptcies or insolvencies of customers. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We operate in an emerging and evolving market, which may develop more slowly or differently than we expect. If our market does not grow as we expect, or if we cannot expand our platform to meet the demands of this market, our revenue may decline or fail to grow, and we may incur additional operating losses.

Our primary competition remains the legacy manual processes that SMBs have relied on for generations. Our success will depend, to a substantial extent, on the widespread adoption of our cloud-based back-office solutions as an alternative to existing solutions or adoption by customers that are not using any such solutions at all. Some organizations may be reluctant or unwilling to use our platform for several reasons, including concerns about additional costs, uncertainty regarding the reliability and security of cloud-based offerings, or lack of awareness of the benefits of our platform. Our ability to expand sales of our platform depends on several factors, including prospective customers’ awareness of our platform, the timely completion, introduction, and market acceptance of enhancements to our platform or new products that we may introduce, the effectiveness of our marketing programs, the costs of our platform, and the success of our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our platform, or if organizations do not perceive or value the benefits of our platform as an alternative to legacy systems, the market for our platform may not continue to develop or may develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would harm our growth prospects and operating results.

Payments and other financial services-related regulations and oversight are material to our business. Our failure to comply could materially harm our business.

The local, state, and federal laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and industry standards that govern our business include, or may in the future include, those relating to banking, deposit-taking, cross-border and domestic money transmission, foreign exchange, payments services (such as money transmission, payment processing, and settlement services), anti-money laundering, combating terrorist financing, escheatment, international sanctions regimes, and compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, a set of requirements designed to ensure that all companies that process, store, or transmit payment card information maintain a secure environment to protect spending business data. In addition, Divvy is required to maintain loan brokering or servicing licenses in a number of states in which it conducts business and is contractually obligated to comply with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) federal banking regulations, as well as Visa and MasterCard network rules as a card program manager. These laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and standards are enforced by multiple authorities and governing bodies in the U.S., including the Department of the Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC, self-regulatory organizations, and numerous state and local agencies. The regulations applicable to our activity in Canada are enforced by FINTRAC and Quebec’s Autorite Des Marches Financiers (Financial Markets Authority). As we expand into new jurisdictions, the number of foreign laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and standards governing our business will expand as well. In addition, as our business and products continue to develop and expand, we may become subject to additional laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and standards. We may not always be able to accurately predict the scope or applicability of certain laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, or standards to our business, particularly as we expand into new areas of operations, which could have a significant negative effect on our existing business and our ability to pursue future plans.

Our subsidiary, Bill.com, LLC, has obtained licenses or made registrations, as applicable, to operate as a money transmitter (or its equivalent) in the U.S., in the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and, to the best of our knowledge, in all the states where such licensure or registration is required for our business. As a licensed money transmitter, we are subject to obligations and restrictions with respect to the investment of customer funds, reporting requirements, bonding requirements, minimum capital requirements, and inspection by state regulatory agencies concerning various aspects of our business. Evaluation of our compliance efforts, as well as the questions of whether and to what extent our products and services are considered money transmission, are matters of regulatory interpretation and could change over time. In the past, regulators have identified violations and we have been subject to fines and other penalties by regulatory authorities due to their interpretations and applications to our business of their respective state money transmission laws. Regulators and third-party auditors have also identified gaps in our anti-money laundering program. In the future, as a result of the regulations applicable to our business, we could be subject to investigations and

29


Table of Contents

 

resulting liability, including governmental fines, restrictions on our business, or other sanctions, and we could be forced to cease conducting certain aspects of our business with residents of certain jurisdictions, be forced to change our business practices in certain jurisdictions, or be required to obtain additional licenses or regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or maintain any such licenses, and, even if we were able to do so, there could be substantial costs and potential product changes involved in maintaining such licenses, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business. In addition, there are substantial costs and potential product changes involved in maintaining and renewing such licenses, certifications, and approvals, and we could be subject to fines or other enforcement action if we are found to violate disclosure, reporting, anti-money laundering, capitalization, corporate governance, or other requirements of such licenses. These factors could impose substantial additional costs, involve considerable delay to the development or provision of our products or services, require significant and costly operational changes, or prevent us from providing our products or services in any given market.

Government agencies may impose new or additional rules on money transmission, including regulations that:

 

prohibit, restrict, and/or impose taxes or fees on money transmission transactions in, to or from certain countries or with certain governments, individuals, and entities;

 

impose additional customer and spending business identification and customer or spending business due diligence requirements;

 

impose additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements, or require enhanced transaction monitoring;

 

limit the types of entities capable of providing money transmission services, or impose additional licensing or registration requirements;

 

impose minimum capital or other financial requirements;

 

limit or restrict the revenue that may be generated from money transmission, including revenue from interest earned on customer funds, transaction fees, and revenue derived from foreign exchange;

 

require enhanced disclosures to our money transmission customers;

 

require the principal amount of money transmission originated in a country to be invested in that country or held in trust until paid;

 

limit the number or principal amount of money transmission transactions that may be sent to or from a jurisdiction, whether by an individual or in the aggregate; and

 

restrict or limit our ability to process transactions using centralized databases, for example, by requiring that transactions be processed using a database maintained in a particular country or region.

If we lose our founder or key members of our management team or are unable to attract and retain executives and employees we need to support our operations and growth, our business may be harmed.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team and other key employees. Our founder and Chief Executive Officer, René Lacerte, is critical to our overall management, as well as the continued development of our products, our strategic partnerships, our culture, our relationships with accounting firms, and our strategic direction. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives and key employees, which could disrupt our business. In addition, we may face challenges retaining senior management of acquired businesses. Our senior management and key employees are employed on an at-will basis. We currently do not have “key person” insurance for any of our employees. Certain of our key employees have been with us for a long period of time and have fully vested stock options or other long-term equity incentives that may become valuable and are publicly tradable now that we are a public company. The loss of our founder, or one or more of our senior management, key members of senior management of acquired companies or other key employees could harm our business, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees or that we would be able to timely replace members of our senior management or other key employees should any of them depart.

In addition, to execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly-qualified personnel. Competition for software developers, compliance and risk management personnel and other key employees in our industry and locations is intense and increasing. We compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing, and managing cloud-based software and payment systems, as well as for skilled legal and

30


Table of Contents

 

compliance and risk operations professionals. In addition, the current regulatory environment related to immigration is uncertain, including with respect to the availability of H1-B and other visas. If a new or revised visa program is implemented, it may impact our ability to recruit, hire, retain or effectively collaborate with qualified skilled personnel, including in the areas of artificial intelligence and machine learning, and payment systems and risk management, which could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do and can frequently offer such personnel substantially greater compensation than we can offer. If we fail to identify, attract, develop and integrate new personnel, or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects would be adversely affected.

Future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, collaborations, or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. However, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses, and we may not successfully identify desirable acquisition targets. Moreover, an acquisition, investment, or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including disrupting our ongoing operations, diverting management from their primary responsibilities, subjecting us to additional liabilities, increasing our expenses, and adversely impacting our business, financial condition, and operating results.

In addition, the technology and information security systems and infrastructure of businesses we acquire may be underdeveloped or subject to vulnerabilities, subjecting us to additional liabilities. We could incur significant costs related to the implementation of enhancements to information security systems and infrastructure of acquired businesses and related to the remediation of any related security breaches. If security, data protection and information security measures in place at businesses we acquire are inadequate or breached, or are subject to cybersecurity attacks, or if any of the foregoing is reported or perceived to have occurred, our reputation and business could be damaged and we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, investigations, proceedings, and penalties. We may also acquire businesses whose operations may not be fully compliant with all applicable regulation, including governmental laws and requirements regarding economic and trade sanctions, anti-money laundering, and counter-terror financing and privacy law, subjecting us to potential liabilities and requiring us to spend considerable time, effort, and resources to become compliant.

Given the complexity of our platform and the deep and seamless integration that we offer to our accounting firm customers and strategic partners, it may be critical that certain businesses or technologies that we acquire be successfully and fully integrated into our platform. In addition, some acquisitions may require us to spend considerable time, effort, and resources to integrate employees from the acquired business into our teams, and acquisitions of companies in lines of business in which we lack expertise may require considerable management time, oversight, and research before we see the desired benefit of such acquisitions. Therefore, we may be exposed to unknown liabilities and the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized, if, for example, we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company. The challenges and costs of integrating and achieving anticipated synergies and benefits of transactions, and the risk that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction may not be fully realized or take longer to realize than expected, may be compounded where we attempt to integrate multiple acquired businesses within similar timeframes, as would be the case if we close the proposed acquisition of Invoice2go and integrate some or part the business concurrent with integration efforts related to our recently-acquired Divvy business.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, as well as unfavorable accounting treatment and exposure to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims. We also may not generate sufficient financial returns to offset the costs and expenses related to any acquisitions. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, operating results, and financial condition may suffer.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, or if our support is more expensive than anticipated, our business and reputation could suffer.

Our customers rely on our customer support services, which we refer to as customer success, to resolve issues and realize the full benefits provided by our platform. High-quality support is also important for the renewal and expansion of our subscriptions with existing customers. We primarily provide customer support over chat and email, with limited phone-

31


Table of Contents

 

based support. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, or if our support personnel or methods of providing support are insufficient to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to retain customers, increase adoption by our existing customers, and acquire new customers could suffer, and our reputation with existing or potential customers could be harmed. If we are not able to meet the customer support needs of our customers by chat and email during the hours that we currently provide support, we may need to increase our support coverage and provide additional phone-based support, which may reduce our profitability.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, and changing business needs, requirements, or preferences, our products may become less competitive.

The market for SMB financial back-office solutions is relatively new and subject to ongoing technological change, evolving industry standards, payment methods and changing regulations, and changing customer needs, requirements, and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis, including launching new products and services. In addition, the market for our Divvy spend management solution and corporate cards is new and fragmented, and it is uncertain whether we will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market adoption. The success of any new product and service, or any enhancements or modifications to existing products and services, depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction, and market acceptance of such products and services, enhancements, and modifications. If we are unable to enhance our platform, add new payment methods, or develop new products that keep pace with technological and regulatory change and achieve market acceptance, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products and services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely than our products, our business, operating results, and financial condition would be adversely affected. Furthermore, modifications to our existing platform or technology will increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our services to operate effectively with existing or future network platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our services, result in customer or spending business dissatisfaction and adversely affect our business.

If the prices we charge for our services are unacceptable to our customers, our operating results will be harmed.

We generate revenue by charging customers a fixed monthly rate per user for subscriptions as well as transaction fees. As the market for our platform matures, or as new or existing competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at prices that are consistent with our pricing model and operating budget. Our pricing strategy for new products we introduce, including our virtual card and cross-border payment products, may prove to be unappealing to our customers, and our competitors could choose to bundle certain products and services competitive with ours. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing strategies or reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross profits, and operating results.

We typically provide service level commitments under our strategic partner agreements. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Our agreements with our strategic partners typically contain service level commitments on a monthly basis. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability for our platform, we may be contractually obligated to provide these partners with service credits, up to 10% of the partner’s subscription fees for the month in which the service level was not met. In addition, we could face contract terminations, in which case we would be subject to refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services. Our revenue could be significantly affected if we suffer unexcused downtime under our agreements with our partners. Further, any extended service outages could adversely affect our reputation, revenue, and operating results.

We may not be able to scale our business quickly enough to meet our customers’ growing needs, and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our operating results could be harmed.

As usage of our platform grows and we sign additional strategic partners, we will need to devote additional resources to improving and maintaining our infrastructure and computer network and integrating with third-party applications to maintain the performance of our platform. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support, risk and compliance operations, and professional services, to serve our growing customer base.

32


Table of Contents

 

Any failure of or delay in these efforts could result in service interruptions, impaired system performance, and reduced customer satisfaction, resulting in decreased sales to new customers, lower subscription renewal rates by existing customers, the issuance of service credits, or requested refunds, all of which could hurt our revenue growth. If sustained or repeated, these performance issues could reduce the attractiveness of our platform to customers and could result in lost customer opportunities and lower renewal rates, any of which could hurt our revenue growth, customer loyalty, and our reputation. Even if we are successful in these efforts to scale our business, they will be expensive and complex, and require the dedication of significant management time and attention. We could also face inefficiencies or service disruptions as a result of our efforts to scale our internal infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion and improvements to our internal infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all, and such failures could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing organizations, and to deploy our sales and marketing resources efficiently. Although we will adjust our sales and marketing spend levels as needed in response to changes in the economic environment, we plan to continue expanding our direct-to-SMB sales force as well as our sales force focused on identifying new strategic partners. We also dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs, including digital advertising through services such as Google AdWords. The effectiveness and cost of our online advertising has varied over time and may vary in the future due to competition for key search terms, changes in search engine use, and changes in the search algorithms used by major search engines. These efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources.

 

In addition, our ability to broaden the spending business base for our Divvy spend management offerings and achieve broader market acceptance of this platform will depend to a significant extent on the ability of our sales and marketing organizations to work together to drive our sales pipeline and cultivate spending business and partner relationships to drive revenue growth. If we are unable to recruit, hire, develop, and retain talented sales or marketing personnel, if our new sales or marketing personnel and partners are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective, our ability to broaden our spending business base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform could be harmed. Moreover, our Divvy business relies on our reputation and recommendations from key spending businesses in order to promote our offering to potential spending businesses. Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call on our current spending businesses to provide positive references to new, potential spending business customers. Given our limited number of long-term spending businesses, the loss or dissatisfaction of any spending business could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit the market adoption of our offering and impair our ability to attract new spending businesses and maintain existing spending businesses.

Our business and operating results will be harmed if our sales and marketing efforts do not generate significant increases in revenue. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop, integrate, and retain talented and effective sales personnel, if our new and existing sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs and advertising are not effective.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations, particularly those related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business, by resulting in litigation, fines, penalties, or adverse publicity and reputational damage that may negatively affect the value of our business and decrease the price of our common stock. Compliance with such laws could also result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit sales of our products.

Our customers, their suppliers, and other users store personal and business information, financial information and other sensitive information on our platform. In addition, we receive, store, and process personal and business information and other data from and about actual and prospective customers and users, in addition to our employees and service providers. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, such as the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (FTC), and various state, local, and foreign agencies. Our data handling also is subject to contractual obligations and industry standards.

33


Table of Contents

 

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use, and storage of data relating to individuals and businesses, including the use of contact information and other data for marketing, advertising, and other communications with individuals and businesses. In the U.S., various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, disclosure, and security of certain types of data, including the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Gramm Leach Bliley Act, and state laws relating to privacy and data security. Additionally, the FTC and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of data. For example, in June 2018, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which became operative on January 1, 2020 and broadly defines personal information, gives California residents expanded privacy rights and protections, and provides for civil penalties for violations and a private right of action for data breaches. Additionally, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA), recently was approved by California voters in the November 2020 election. The CPRA will significantly modify the CCPA, and may create new obligations for us beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement commencing July 1, 2023. Many aspects of the CCPA, the CPRA, and their interpretation remain unclear, and their full impact on our business and operations remains uncertain. The laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security are evolving, can be subject to significant change, and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions.

In addition, several foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union (EU), have laws and regulations dealing with the handling and processing of personal information obtained from their residents, which in certain cases are more restrictive than those in the U.S. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, and security of various types of data, including data that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, email addresses, and in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol (IP) addresses. While we believe that the products and services that we currently offer do not subject us to such laws or regulations in foreign jurisdictions, such laws and regulations may be modified or subject to new or different interpretations, and new laws and regulations may be enacted in the future.

Within the EU, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), significantly increases the level of sanctions for non-compliance from those in existing EU data protection law and imposes direct obligations on data processors in addition to data controllers. EU data protection authorities have the power to impose administrative fines for violations of the GDPR of up to a maximum of €20 million or 4% of the data controller’s or data processor’s total worldwide global turnover for the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher, and violations of the GDPR may also lead to damages claims by data controllers and data subjects. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data controllers, customers, and data subjects. While we believe that the products and services that we currently offer do not subject us to the GDPR, the GDPR and other laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security may be modified or subject to new or different interpretations or may be modified in the future, or modifications or enhancements that we make to our products may subject us to GDPR, or we otherwise may become, or have it asserted that we are, subject to the GDPR or other laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security. If we are, or are asserted to be, subject to the GDPR, we may need to take steps to cause our processes to be compliant with applicable portions of the GDPR, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to implement changes in a timely manner or without significant disruption to our business, or that such steps will be effective, and we may face the risk of liability under the GDPR.

The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, as a result of the rapidly evolving regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide. For example, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties are currently being tested by a number of claims, including actions based on invasion of privacy and other torts, unfair competition, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content provided by users. As a result of the laws that are or may be applicable to us, and due to the sensitive nature of the information we collect, we have implemented policies and procedures to preserve and protect our data and our customers’ data against loss, misuse, corruption, misappropriation caused by systems failures, or unauthorized access. If our policies, procedures, or measures relating to privacy, data protection, information security, marketing, or customer communications fail to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations, or industry standards, we may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, and negative publicity, and could cause our application providers, customers, and partners to lose trust in us, and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

34


Table of Contents

 

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that may apply to us. Because the interpretation and application of privacy, data protection and information security laws, regulations, rules, and other standards are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws, rules, regulations, and other actual or alleged legal obligations, such as contractual or self-regulatory obligations, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the functionality of our platform. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits, and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our software, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal, or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity, and could cause our customers and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, information security, marketing, and consumer communications, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations, and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations could impair our ability to develop and market new functionality and maintain and grow our customer base and increase revenue. Future restrictions on the collection, use, sharing, or disclosure of data, or additional requirements for express or implied consent of our customers, partners, or end users for the use and disclosure of such information could require us to incur additional costs or modify our platform, possibly in a material manner, and could limit our ability to develop new functionality.

If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations, or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be directly harmed, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain products, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect the growth of our business. Furthermore, any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our operating results.

We, our strategic partners, our customers, and others who use our services obtain and process a large amount of sensitive data. Any real or perceived improper or unauthorized use of, disclosure of, or access to such data could harm our reputation as a trusted brand, as well as have a material adverse effect on our business.

We, our strategic partners, our customers, and the third-party vendors and data centers that we use, obtain and process large amounts of sensitive data, including data related to our customers and their transactions, as well as other data of the counterparties to their payments. We face risks, including to our reputation as a trusted brand, in the handling and protection of this data, and these risks will increase as our business continues to expand to include new products and technologies.

Cybersecurity incidents and malicious internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and providers of cloud-based services have frequently been targeted by such attacks. These cybersecurity challenges, including threats to our own IT infrastructure or those of our customers or third-party providers, may take a variety of forms ranging from stolen bank accounts, business email compromise, customer employee fraud, account takeover, check fraud, or cybersecurity attacks, to “mega breaches” targeted against cloud-based services and other hosted software, which could be initiated by individual or groups of hackers or sophisticated cyber criminals. A cybersecurity incident or breach could result in disclosure of confidential information and intellectual property, or cause production downtimes and compromised data. We have in the past experienced cybersecurity incidents of limited scale. We may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used in the future to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems because they change frequently and often are not detected until after an incident has occurred. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, third parties may increasingly seek to compromise our security controls or gain unauthorized access to our sensitive corporate information or our customers’ data.

We have administrative, technical, and physical security measures in place, and we have policies and procedures in place to contractually require service providers to whom we disclose data to implement and maintain reasonable privacy, data protection, and information security measures. However, if our privacy protection, data protection, or information security measures or those of the previously mentioned third parties are inadequate or are breached as a result of third-party action, employee or contractor error, malfeasance, malware, phishing, hacking attacks, system error, software bugs, or defects in our products, trickery, process failure, or otherwise, and, as a result, there is improper disclosure of, or someone obtains unauthorized access to or exfiltrates funds or sensitive information, including personally identifiable information, on our systems or our partners’ systems, or if we suffer a ransomware or advanced persistent threat attack, or if any of the foregoing is reported or perceived to have occurred, our reputation and business could be damaged.

35


Table of Contents

 

Recent high-profile security breaches and related disclosures of sensitive data by large institutions suggest that the risk of such events is significant, even if privacy data protection, and information security measures are implemented and enforced. If sensitive information is lost or improperly disclosed or threatened to be disclosed, we could incur significant costs associated with remediation and the implementation of additional security measures, and may incur significant liability and financial loss, and be subject to regulatory scrutiny, investigations, proceedings, and penalties.

In addition, our financial institution strategic partners conduct regular audits of our cybersecurity program, and if any of them were to conclude that our systems and procedures are insufficiently rigorous, they could terminate their relationships with us, and our financial results and business could be adversely affected. Under our terms of service and our contracts with strategic partners, if there is a breach of payment information that we store, we could be liable to the partner for their losses and related expenses. Additionally, if our own confidential business information were improperly disclosed, our business could be materially and adversely affected. A core aspect of our business is the reliability and security of our platform. Any perceived or actual breach of security, regardless of how it occurs or the extent of the breach, could have a significant impact on our reputation as a trusted brand, cause us to lose existing partners or other customers, prevent us from obtaining new partners and other customers, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by breaches and implement measures to prevent further breaches, and expose us to legal risk and potential liability including those resulting from governmental or regulatory investigations, class action litigation, and costs associated with remediation, such as fraud monitoring and forensics. Any actual or perceived security breach at a company providing services to us or our customers could have similar effects. Further, as the current COVID-19 pandemic continues to result in a significant number of people working from home, these cybersecurity risks may be heightened by an increased attack surface across our business and those of our partners and service providers. We have heightened monitoring in the face of such risks, but cannot guarantee that our efforts, or the efforts of those upon whom we rely and partner with, will be successful in preventing any such information security incidents.

While we maintain cybersecurity insurance, our insurance may be insufficient or may not cover all liabilities incurred by such attacks. We also cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, operating results, and reputation.

We currently handle cross-border payments and plan to expand our offering to new customers and to make payments to new countries, creating a variety of operational challenges.

A component of our growth strategy involves our cross-border payments product and, ultimately, expanding our operations internationally. Although we do not currently serve customers outside the U.S., starting in 2018 we introduced cross-border payments through our relationship with Cambridge, and now offer our U.S.-based customers the ability to disburse funds to over 130 countries with both Cambridge and Citibank’s WorldLink. We are continuing to adapt to and develop strategies to address payments to new countries. However, there is no guarantee that such efforts will have the desired effect.

Our cross-border payments product and international operations strategy involve a variety of risks, including:

 

changes in financial regulations and our ability to comply and obtain any relevant licenses;

 

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions;

 

reduction in cross-border trade resulting from trade sanctions, other trade regulations, and relations;

 

potential application of more stringent regulations relating to privacy, information protection, and data security, and the authorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information;

 

potential changes in trade relations, regulations, or laws;

 

exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), U.S. bribery laws, the UK Bribery Act, and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and

 

unexpected changes in tax laws.

36


Table of Contents

 

 

If we invest substantial time and resources to further expand our cross-border payments offering and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results may suffer.

Our card payment products generate interchange revenues which exposes us to potential variability in income and other risks.

Our Divvy card product generates revenues primarily from interchange paid by the supplier accepting cards on a transactional basis, which involve a variety of risks, including:

 

interchange income fluctuations due to the variability of card acceptance practices at supplier locations, and the resulting effect on our revenue;

 

changes in card network interchange rates or rules which could dissuade new and existing card-accepting suppliers from continuing to accept card payments;

 

declines in the number of active card-accepting suppliers due to concerns about cost or operational complexity; and

 

unexpected changes in card acceptance or card issuing rules which may impact our ability to offer this payment product.

In addition, a component of our growth strategy involves our virtual card payments products. In addition to our Divvy card offerings, through our relationship with Comdata we offer Bill.com customers the ability to pay their vendors with a virtual credit card. We generate revenues from virtual card payments primarily from interchange, which also subjects us to many of the risks described above. We are continuing to develop strategies to convert both check and ACH vendor payments to virtual card payments. There is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful.

We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate it into their products. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition, or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner under certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use or incorporate open source software subject to certain types of open source licenses that challenge the proprietary nature of our products, we may be required to re-engineer such products, discontinue the sale of such products, or take other remedial actions.

If we fail to maintain and enhance our brands, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, operating results, and financial condition may suffer.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing the Bill.com and Divvy brands are important to support the marketing and sale of our existing and future products to new customers and strategic partners and to expand sales of our platforms to new and existing customers and strategic partners. Our ability to protect our Bill.com brand is limited as a result of its descriptive nature. Successfully maintaining and enhancing our brands will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing and demand generation efforts, our ability to provide reliable products that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new functionality and products, and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform and products from competitive products and services. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brands, our business could suffer.

If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate less revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws, and contractual provisions to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. While we have been

37


Table of Contents

 

issued patents in the U.S. and have additional patent applications pending, we may be unable to obtain patent protection for the technology covered in our patent applications. In addition, any patents issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Any of our patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. There can be no guarantee that others will not independently develop similar products, duplicate any of our products, or design around our patents. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours.

No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors or partners from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our platform.

We have been in the past, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

We have been in the past and may in the future become subject to intellectual property disputes. Lawsuits are time-consuming and expensive to resolve and they divert management’s time and attention. Although we carry insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. We cannot predict the outcome of lawsuits and cannot assure you that the results of any such actions will not have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of many patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual and proprietary rights. Companies in the software industry are often required to defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. In addition, many companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. Any litigation may also involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenue, and therefore, our patents may provide little or no deterrence as we would not be able to assert them against such entities or individuals. If a third party is able to obtain an injunction preventing us from accessing such third-party intellectual property rights, or if we cannot license or develop alternative technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our software or cease business activities related to such intellectual property. Any inability to license third-party technology in the future would have an adverse effect on our business or operating results and would adversely affect our ability to compete. We may also be contractually obligated to indemnify our customers in the event of infringement of a third party’s intellectual property rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend, and damaging to our reputation and brand.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement, data protection, and other losses.

Our agreements with strategic partners and some larger customers include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, data protection, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our platform or other contractual obligations. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Although we normally limit our liability with respect to such obligations in our contracts with direct customers and with customers acquired through our accounting firm partners, we may still incur substantial liability, and we may be required to cease use of certain functions of our platform or products, as a result of IP-related claims. Any dispute with a customer with respect to these obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other existing or new customers, and harm our business and operating results. In addition, although we carry insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed, or otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims alleging compromises of customer data, and any such coverage may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Changes to payment card networks rules or fees could harm our business.

We are required to comply with Mastercard, American Express, and Visa payment card network operating rules in connection with Bill.com’s virtual card payments service and our subscription billing engine. We have agreed to reimburse our service providers for any fines they are assessed by payment card networks as a result of any rule violations by us.

38


Table of Contents

 

We may also be directly liable to the payment card networks for rule violations. The payment card networks set and interpret the card operating rules. The payment card networks could adopt new operating rules or interpret or reinterpret existing rules that we or our processors might find difficult or even impossible to follow, or costly to implement. We also may seek to introduce other card-related products in the future, which would entail additional operating rules. As a result of any violations of rules, new rules being implemented, or increased fees, we could lose our ability to make payments using cards, or such payments could become prohibitively expensive for us or for our customers. If we are unable to make customer payments to vendors using virtual cards, our business would be adversely affected. In addition, Divvy is contractually obligated to comply with MasterCard and Visa network rules as a card program manager. As a result of any violations of these rules or new rules being implemented, Divvy could lose its ability to act as a card program manager.

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and oversight. Our failure to comply with extensive, complex, overlapping, and frequently changing rules, regulations, and legal interpretations could materially harm our business.

Our success and increased visibility may result in increased regulatory oversight and enforcement and more restrictive rules and regulations that apply to our business. We are subject to a wide variety of local, state, federal, and international laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and industry standards in the U.S. and in other countries in which we operate. These laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and standards govern numerous areas that are important to our business. In addition to the payments and financial services-related regulations, and the privacy, data protection, and information security-related laws described elsewhere, our business is also subject to, without limitation, rules and regulations applicable to: securities, labor and employment, immigration, competition, and marketing and communications practices. Laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and standards applicable to our business are subject to change and evolving interpretations and application, including by means of legislative changes and/or executive orders, and it can be difficult to predict how they may be applied to our business and the way we conduct our operations, particularly as we introduce new products and services and expand into new jurisdictions. We may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, and other developments, and these changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned features, products, and services and/or increase our cost of doing business.

Although we have a compliance program focused on the laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and industry standards that we have assessed as applicable to our business and we are continually investing more in this program, there can be no assurance that our employees or contractors will not violate such laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, and industry standards. Any failure or perceived failure to comply with existing or new laws, rules, regulations, licensing schemes, industry standards, or orders of any governmental authority (including changes to or expansion of the interpretation of those laws, regulations, standards or orders), may:

 

subject us to significant fines, penalties, criminal and civil lawsuits, license suspension or revocation, forfeiture of significant assets, audits, inquiries, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, and enforcement actions in one or more jurisdictions levied by federal, state, local or foreign regulators, state attorneys general, and private plaintiffs who may be acting as private attorneys general pursuant to various applicable federal, state, and local laws;

 

result in additional compliance and licensure requirements;

 

increase regulatory scrutiny of our business; and

 

restrict our operations and force us to change our business practices or compliance program, make product or operational changes, or delay planned product launches or improvements.

The complexity of U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement regimes, coupled with the scope of our international operations and the evolving regulatory environment, could result in a single event giving rise to many overlapping investigations and legal and regulatory proceedings by multiple government authorities in different jurisdictions.

Any of the foregoing could, individually or in the aggregate, harm our reputation as a trusted provider, damage our brands and business, cause us to lose existing customers, prevent us from obtaining new customers, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by breaches and to avert further breaches, expose us to legal risk and potential liability, and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

39


Table of Contents

 

We may require additional capital to support the growth of our business, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity and debt financings, sales of subscriptions to our products, and usage-based transaction fees. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business, which may require us to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. If we incur additional debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of common stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, including in connection with merger and acquisition transactions, stockholders will experience dilution. In addition, new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. The trading prices for our common stock and other technology companies have been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and related governmental actions, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. In addition, a recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in the future will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities reducing the value of our common stock and diluting their interests.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of June 30, 2021, we had net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $867.6 million and $599.5 million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively, that are available to reduce future taxable income. If not utilized, the federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2027. As of June 30, 2021, approximately $761.9 million of the federal NOL carryforwards do not expire and will carry forward indefinitely until utilized. As of June 30, 2021, we had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $23.6 million and $15.8 million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, the federal tax credits will expire at various dates beginning in 2028. The state tax credits do not expire and will carry forward indefinitely until utilized. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes such as research tax credits to offset future taxable income or income tax. If it is determined that we have in the past experienced an ownership change, or if we undergo one or more ownership changes as a result of future transactions in our stock, then our ability to utilize NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes could be limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 or 383 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we were to achieve profitability.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was signed into law. The CARES Act changes certain provisions of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 2017 Tax Act), which was enacted on December 22, 2017. The CARES Act did not have a material impact on our financial statements due to our historical losses and valuation allowance positions. Any future changes in tax laws could impact our ability to utilize NOLs in future years and may result in greater tax liabilities than we would otherwise incur and adversely affect our cash flows and financial position.

40


Table of Contents

 

We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our customers would have to pay for our offering and adversely affect our operating results.

The vast majority of states have considered or adopted laws that impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies. States where we have nexus may require us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdiction. Additionally, the Supreme Court of the U.S. recently ruled in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al (Wayfair) that online sellers can be required to collect sales and use tax despite not having a physical presence in the buyer’s state. In response to Wayfair, or otherwise, states or local governments may enforce laws requiring us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. We may be obligated to collect and remit sales and use taxes in states where we have not collected and remitted sales and use taxes. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we historically have not or presently do not do so could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by state governments or local governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state sellers could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a perceived competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors, and decrease our future sales, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may adversely affect our operating results.

Our effective tax rate could increase due to several factors, including:

 

changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate due to differing statutory tax rates in various jurisdictions;

 

changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the 2017 Tax Act as modified by the CARES Act;

 

changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business;

 

the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals; and

 

limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

Any of these developments could adversely affect our operating results.

Natural catastrophic events, pandemics, and man-made problems such as power-disruptions, computer viruses, data security breaches, and terrorism may disrupt our business.

Natural disasters, pandemics such as COVID-19, or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could harm our business. We have a large employee presence in the San Francisco Bay Area in California and in Draper, Utah and a smaller presence in Houston, Texas, and our data centers are located in California and Arizona. The west coast of the U.S. contains active earthquake zones and the Houston area frequently experiences significant hurricanes. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, vandalism, cyber-attack, war, or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in our products, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Additionally, as computer malware, viruses, and computer hacking, fraudulent use attempts, and phishing attacks have become more prevalent, we, and third parties upon which we rely, face increased risk in maintaining the performance, reliability, security, and availability of our solutions and related services and technical infrastructure to the satisfaction of our customers. Any computer malware, viruses, computer hacking, fraudulent use attempts, phishing attacks, or other data security breaches related to our network infrastructure or information technology systems or to computer hardware we lease from third parties, could, among other things, harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers.

In addition, the insurance we maintain may be insufficient to cover our losses resulting from disasters, cyber-attacks, or other business interruptions, and any incidents may result in loss of, or increased costs of, such insurance.

41


Table of Contents

 

If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming, or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. It may require significant resources and management oversight to maintain and, if necessary, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which would increase our costs and expenses.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 404), to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Because we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as of June 30, 2021, Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires our independent registered public accounting firm to annually attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, which has, and will continue to, require increased costs, expenses, and management resources. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead us to restate our financial statements, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock, and result in additional costs to remediate such material weaknesses. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm issues an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control, including as a result of the material weakness described above, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE.

 

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and if our remediation of such material weakness is not effective, or if we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

 

In the course of preparing our financial statements for fiscal 2021, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified pertains to the accounting for our business combination with Divvy, including a lack of sufficient precision in the performance of reviews of the analyses supporting the purchase price allocation accounting and other acquisition related entries and a lack of adequate documentation to provide evidence of design and operating effectiveness of select management review controls.

 

42


Table of Contents

 

 

To address our material weakness, we will re-evaluate the scope, level of precision and the personnel assigned for conducting the reviews over our analyses supporting the accounting for business combinations. We also plan to adopt policies on retaining documentation that supports the design and operating effectiveness of key management review controls relating to future business combinations. We will not be able to fully remediate this material weakness until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. See Part II, Item 9A “Controls and Procedures” for additional information about this material weakness and our remediation efforts.

 

If we are unable to further implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within required time periods could be adversely affected, which could subject us to litigation or investigations requiring management resources and payment of legal and other expenses, negatively affect investor confidence in our financial statements and adversely impact our stock price. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected and we could become subject to litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and actions we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or that they will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business, such as our pending acquisition of Invoice2go. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.

 

Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required to include in our periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported operating results and financial condition and could affect the reporting of transactions already completed before the announcement of a change.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Operating Results—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates and judgments involve the identification of performance obligations in revenue recognition, valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, estimation of fair value of a reporting unit when assessing goodwill impairment, determination of useful lives of finite-lived intangible assets, valuation of the 2025 Notes, present value estimation of operating lease liabilities, valuation of stock option grants, and the period of benefit for amortizing deferred commissions. Our operating results may be adversely

43


Table of Contents

 

affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

In addition to intellectual property litigation, we have in the past and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes, employment claims made by our current or former employees, or claims for reimbursement following misappropriation of customer data. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and operating results. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the trading price of our stock.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in the markets in which we operate depend on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our platforms and those of our competitors. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, our forecasts of market growth should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We are subject to governmental laws and requirements regarding economic and trade sanctions, anti-money laundering, and counter-terror financing that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to criminal or civil liability if we violate them.

Although we currently only operate in the United States, in the future we will seek to expand internationally and will become subject to additional laws and regulations, and will need to implement new regulatory controls to comply with applicable laws. We are currently required to comply with U.S. economic and trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and we have processes in place to comply with the OFAC regulations as well as similar requirements in other jurisdictions. As part of our compliance efforts, we scan our customers against OFAC and other watch lists. While we offer services only to customers domiciled in the United States, our application could be accessed from anywhere in the world. If our services are accessed from a sanctioned country in violation of the trade and economic sanctions, we could be subject to fines or other enforcement action. We are also subject to various anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing laws and regulations around the world that prohibit, among other things, our involvement in transferring the proceeds of criminal activities. In the United States, most of our services are subject to anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended (BSA), and similar laws and regulations. The BSA, among other things, requires money transmitters to develop and implement risk-based anti-money laundering programs, to report large cash transactions and suspicious activity, and in some cases, to collect and maintain information about customers who use their services and maintain other transaction records. Regulators in the United States and globally continue to increase their scrutiny of compliance with these obligations, which may require us to further revise or expand our compliance program, including the procedures we use to verify the identity of our customers and to monitor transactions on our system, including payments to persons outside of the U.S. Regulators regularly re-examine the transaction volume thresholds at which we must obtain and keep applicable records or verify identities of customers, and any change in such thresholds could result in greater costs for compliance.

44


Table of Contents

 

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the FCPA, U.S. domestic bribery laws, and other anti-corruption laws. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly to generally prohibit companies, their employees, and their third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public sector. These laws also require that we keep accurate books and records and maintain internal controls and compliance procedures designed to prevent any such actions. Although we currently only maintain operations in the U.S., as we increase our international cross-border business and expand operations abroad, we may engage with business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our services and obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

We cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international business, our risks under these laws may increase.

Detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of anti-corruption laws can require a significant diversion of time, resources, and attention from senior management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, enforcement actions, fines, damages, other civil or criminal penalties, injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas are received or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal proceeding, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe our culture has been a key contributor to our success to date and that the critical nature of the platform that we provide promotes a sense of greater purpose and fulfillment in our employees. Inorganic growth through mergers and acquisitions may pose significant challenges to assimilating the company cultures of acquired companies. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business and competitive position may be adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to the 2025 Notes

Our debt service obligations, including the 2025 Notes, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As of June 30, 2021, we had $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes outstanding due on December 1, 2025 as described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our ability to make payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the 2025 Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt, or obtaining additional debt financing or equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance any future indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. In addition, any of our future debt agreements may contain restrictive covenants that may prohibit us from adopting any of these alternatives. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our debt.

45


Table of Contents

 

In addition, our indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have other important consequences. For example, it could:

 

make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general U.S. and worldwide economic, industry, and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;

 

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt;

 

limit our ability to borrow additional amounts to fund acquisitions, for working capital, and for other general corporate purposes; and

 

make an acquisition of our company less attractive or more difficult.

Any of these factors could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional indebtedness, the risks related to our business and our ability to service or repay our indebtedness would increase. We are also required to comply with the covenants set forth in the Indenture governing the 2025 Notes. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. If we breach any of the covenants and do not obtain a waiver from the note holders or lenders, then, subject to applicable cure periods, any outstanding indebtedness may be declared immediately due and payable. In addition, changes by any rating agency to our credit rating may negatively impact the value and liquidity of our securities. Downgrades in our credit ratings could restrict our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and could affect the terms of any such financing.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary for cash settlement upon conversion of the 2025 Notes or to repurchase the 2025 Notes for cash upon a fundamental change, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion of the 2025 Notes or to repurchase the 2025 Notes.

Holders of the 2025 Notes have the right to require us to repurchase their notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid special interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion of the 2025 Notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the 2025 Notes being converted. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of the 2025 Notes surrendered therefor or 2025 Notes being converted. In addition, our ability to repurchase the 2025 Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of the 2025 Notes may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our future indebtedness.

In addition to the 2025 Notes, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional debt in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our current and future debt instruments, some of which may be secured debt. We are not restricted under the terms of the Indenture from incurring additional debt, securing existing or future debt, recapitalizing our debt or taking a number of other actions that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on the 2025 Notes when due.

Our failure to repurchase the 2025 Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the Indenture or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the 2025 Notes as required by the Indenture would constitute a default under the Indenture. A default under the Indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our existing or future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the 2025 Notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.

The conditional conversion feature of the notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding September 1, 2025, the holders of the 2025 Notes may elect to convert their notes during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter) if the last reported sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day (the “Conversion Condition”). In the event the Conversion Condition is triggered, holders of the 2025 Notes will be entitled to convert the 2025 Notes at any

46


Table of Contents

 

time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their 2025 Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their 2025 Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the 2025 Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital.

The Capped Calls may affect the value of our 2025 Notes and our common stock.

In connection with the sale of the 2025 Notes, we entered into privately negotiated Capped Call transactions (Capped Calls) with certain financial institutions (option counterparties). The Capped Call transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution upon conversion of the 2025 Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2025 Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.

The option counterparties and/or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the 2025 Notes (and are likely to do so following any conversion, repurchase, or redemption of the 2025 Notes, to the extent we exercise the relevant election under the Capped Calls). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock or the 2025 Notes, which could affect note holders’ ability to convert the 2025 Notes and, to the extent the activity occurs during any observation period related to a conversion of the 2025 Notes, it could affect the number of shares and value of the consideration that note holders will receive upon conversion of the 2025 Notes.

We do not make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any potential effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the 2025 Notes or our common stock. In addition, we do not make any representation that the option counterparties will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Capped Calls.

The option counterparties are financial institutions, and we are subject to the risk that any or all of them might default under the Capped Calls. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. Past global economic conditions have resulted in the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of many financial institutions. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the Capped Calls with such option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market price and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurance as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The stock price of our common stock has been, and will likely continue to be volatile, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

The market for our common stock has been, and will likely continue to be, volatile. In addition to the factors discussed in this report, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

 

changes in the financial projections we may provide to the public or our failure to meet these projections;

47


Table of Contents

 

 

 

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

the economy as a whole and market conditions in our industry;

 

the global macroeconomic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

negative publicity related to the real or perceived quality of our platform, as well as the failure to timely launch new products and services that gain market acceptance;

 

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services, commercial relationships, or significant technical innovations;

 

acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

lawsuits threatened or filed against us, litigation involving our industry, or both;

 

developments or disputes concerning our or other parties’ products, services or intellectual property rights;

 

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

interpretations of any of the above or other factors by trading algorithms, including those that employ natural language processing and related methods to evaluate our public disclosures;

 

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events;

 

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements; and

 

sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies, and technology companies in particular, have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

As of June 30, 2021, our executive officers, directors, and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 40.6% of our outstanding common stock. These persons, acting together, may be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with the interests of other stockholders.

48


Table of Contents

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and affect the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be affected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of our outstanding shares of common stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL), our restated certificate of incorporation, or our restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims that are vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction. For instance, the provision would not preclude the filing of claims brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder in federal court.

Moreover, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock.

We have incurred and will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect to further increase. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly compared to when we were a private company.

49


Table of Contents

 

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Our management team has limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and securities analysts, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

Our stock price and trading volume is heavily influenced by the way analysts and investors interpret our financial information and other disclosures. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market. The perception that these sales might occur may also cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We had a total of 94,503,565 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021. All shares of our common stock are freely tradable, generally without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions for shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and certain shares that are subject to lock-up agreements in connection with our recent acquisitions. 

In addition, there were 7,727,585 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding and vesting of RSUs as of June 30, 2021. We have registered all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or settlement of RSUs or other equity incentives we may grant in the future on a registration statement on Form S-8 for public resale under the Securities Act. The shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised or such RSUs are settled, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws.

Moreover, certain holders of our common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

In addition, we have in the past, and may in the future, issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, or otherwise. We also expect to grant additional equity awards to employees and directors under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and rights to purchase our common stock under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Any such issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

50


Table of Contents

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We lease our office facilities, which consisted of the following as of June 30, 2021:

 

Approximately 132,000 square feet of offices located in San Jose, California. This leased property, which is being used as our corporate headquarters, expires in June 2031.

 

 

Approximately 155,000 square feet of offices located in Draper, Utah. This leased property, which is being used as Divvy’s principal office, expires in March 2030. Approximately 20,000 square feet is being subleased for a period of 5 years expiring in December 2025.

 

 

Approximately 25,000 square feet of offices in Houston, Texas. This leased property, which is being used as additional office space for some of our employees, expires in April 2025.

We believe that our office facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including patent, commercial, product liability, employment, class action, whistleblower, and other litigation and claims, as well as governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. In addition, third parties may from time to time assert claims against us in the form of letters and other communications. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that we believe to be material to our business or financial condition.

The results of any future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

51


Table of Contents

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BILL” on December 12, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock.

Holders of Record

As of June 30, 2021, there were 163 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include beneficial owners whose shares are held by nominees in street name.

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Stock Performance Graph

The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

52


Table of Contents

 

The following graph depicts the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock from December 12, 2019, the first day of trading of our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange, through June 30, 2021, relative to the performance of the S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 IT Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100.00 at the close of trading on December 12, 2019 and that all dividends paid by companies included in these indices have been reinvested. The performance shown in the graph below is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future stock price performance.

 

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities

On June 1, 2021, we issued a total of 10,767,140 shares of our unregistered common stock to stockholders of Divvy in connection with the Acquisition.  The issuance and sale of the securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Item 6. RESERVED

This item is no longer required as we have elected to early adopt the changes to Item 301 of Regulation S-K contained in SEC Release No. 33-10890.

 

 

53


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the sections titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading provider of cloud-based software that simplifies, digitizes, and automates complex back-office financial operations for SMBs. By transforming how SMBs manage their cash inflows and outflows, we create efficiencies and free our customers to run their businesses.  Our vision is to become the leading one-stop solution that helps millions of businesses around the world manage their financial operations.

Our purpose-built, artificial-intelligence (AI)-enabled financial software platform creates seamless connections between our customers, their suppliers, and their clients. Customers use our platform to generate and process invoices, streamline approvals, make and receive payments, reconcile their books, and manage their cash. We have built sophisticated integrations with popular accounting software solutions, banks, card issuers, and payment processors, enabling our customers to access these mission-critical services through a single connection. In essence, we sit at the center of an SMB’s accounts payable and accounts receivable operations.

We efficiently reach SMBs through our proven direct and indirect go-to-market strategies. We acquire customers directly through digital marketing and inside sales, and indirectly through accounting firms and strategic partnerships. As of June 30, 2021, our partners included some of the most trusted brands in the financial services business, including 85 of the top 100 accounting firms and six of the top ten largest financial institutions in the U.S., including Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo Bank and American Express. As we add customers and partners, we expect our network to continue to grow organically.

On June 1, 2021, we completed our acquisition of DivvyPay, Inc. (Divvy), a leading provider of cloud-based spend management application and smart corporate cards to SMBs in the U.S. for an aggregate purchase price of $2.3 billion. Following the acquisition, Divvy became our wholly owned subsidiary. Our consolidated results of operations shown below for fiscal 2021 include the operating results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional discussion about the acquisition of Divvy.

We have grown rapidly and scaled our business operations in recent periods. Our total revenue and net losses during fiscal 2021, which include the results of Divvy from the acquisition date, were $238.3 million and $98.7 million, respectively. Our total revenue during fiscal 2020 and 2019 was $157.6 million and $108.4, respectively, and our net losses during fiscal 2020 and 2019 were $31.1 million and $7.3 million, respectively.

Proposed Acquisition of Invoice2go

On July 19, 2021, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) with Invoice2go, Inc. (Invoice2go), a Delaware corporation that provides mobile-first accounts receivable software that empowers SMBs and freelancers to grow their client base, manage invoicing and payments, and build their brand. Invoice2go has operations in the U.S. and in Australia, and serves a large global customer base of SMBs. Pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, including customary purchase price adjustments, we will pay aggregate consideration of approximately $625.0 million in cash and stock in exchange for all of the outstanding equity interests of Invoice2go. Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Invoice2go will become our wholly owned subsidiary. The closing of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions such as (i) the approval of the Merger Agreement by Invoice2go stockholders in accordance with Delaware law and (ii) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Impact of COVID-19

The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is inherently uncertain at the time of this report. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in travel restrictions and in some cases, prohibitions of non-essential activities, disruption and shutdown of

54


Table of Contents

 

businesses, and greater uncertainty in global financial markets. As the COVID-19 pandemic persists, it has significantly impacted the health and economic environment around the world. Many public and commercial establishments, including schools, restaurants, and shopping malls, have restricted their operations or closed due to restrictions imposed by the government. Our customers have been, and may continue to be, negatively impacted by the shelter-in-place and other similar state and local orders, the closure of manufacturing sites and country borders, and the increase in unemployment. These conditions may continue to have negative implications on demand for goods, the supply chain, production of goods, and transportation. A negative impact on our customers may cause them to go out of business, request discounts, extension of payment terms, or cancellation of their subscription to our platform. Any of these actions may have a negative impact on our future results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition.

Our business continues to operate despite the disruption of many business operations in the U.S. due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Although we have not experienced significant business disruptions thus far from the COVID-19 pandemic and there have been positive developments recently in the U.S. and in other countries in combating the COVID-19 pandemic because of vaccinations, we are unable to predict the full impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on our future results of operations, liquidity and financial condition due to numerous uncertainties, including the duration of the pandemic, the actions that may be taken by government authorities across the U.S. or other countries, the efficacy of vaccinations, the impact to our customers, strategic partners, and suppliers, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our Revenue Model

We generate revenue by charging subscription and transaction fees, and by earning interest on funds held in trust on behalf of customers while their payment transactions are clearing.

Our subscription revenue is primarily based on a fixed monthly or annual rate per user charged to our customers. Our transaction revenue is comprised of transaction fees and interchange income on a fixed or variable rate per transaction. Transactions primarily include card payments, check issuance, ACH origination, cross-border payments, and creation of invoices. Much of our revenue comes from repeat transactions, which are an important contributor to our recurring revenue.

We also generate revenue from interest earned on funds held in trust on behalf of customers while payment transactions are clearing. When we process payment transactions, the funds flow through our bank accounts and we have a balance of funds held for customers that is a function of the volume and the type of payments processed. Interest is earned from interest-bearing deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S. Treasury securities. We hold these funds from the day they are withdrawn from a payer’s account to the day the funds are credited to the receiver. This revenue can fluctuate depending on the amount of customer funds held, as well as our yield on customer funds invested, which is influenced by market interest rates and our investments. We are authorized to hold customer funds and process payments through our bank accounts because we are a licensed money transmitter in all required U.S. states. This allows us to provide advanced treasury services and protect our customers from potential fraud.

 

Our Receivables Purchases and Servicing Model

We market Divvy charge cards to potential spending businesses and issue business-purpose charge cards through our partnerships with card issuing banks. When a business applies for a Divvy card, we utilize proprietary risk management capabilities to confirm the identity of the business, and perform a credit underwriting process to determine if the business is eligible for a Divvy card pursuant to our credit policies. Once approved for a Divvy card, the business is provided a credit limit and can use the Divvy software to request virtual cards or physical cards.

The majority of cards issued through our platform are by Cross River Bank, an FDIC-insured New Jersey state chartered bank and WEX Bank, an FDIC-insured Utah state chartered bank. Our partnerships with these banks allow us to benefit from the banks’ ability to issue cards under their membership with the Visa and Mastercard networks while leveraging their banking licenses to comply with various federal, state, and other laws. Under this arrangement, we must comply with the banks’ credit policies and underwriting procedures, and the banks maintain ultimate authority to decide whether to issue a card or approve a transaction. We are responsible for all fraud and unauthorized use of a card and generally are required to hold the bank harmless from such losses unless claims regarding fraud or unauthorized use are due to the sole gross negligence of the bank.

55


Table of Contents

 

When a spending business completes a purchase transaction, the payment to the merchant is made by our bank partner that issued the card. Obligations incurred by the spending business in connection with their purchase transaction are reflected as receivables on the bank’s balance sheet. The bank then sells a 100% participation interest in the receivable to us. Pursuant to our agreements with the banks, we are obligated to purchase the participation interests in all of the receivables originated through our platform, and our obligation are secured by cash deposits. When we purchase the participation right in the receivable, the purchase price is equal to the outstanding principal balance of the receivable

We act as the servicer on all receivables we purchase from our issuing bank partners and earn a servicing fee on loans we sell to our funding sources. We do not sell the servicing rights on any of the loans, allowing us to control the consumer experience end-to-end.

In order to purchase the participation rights in the receivables, we maintain a variety of funding arrangements, including warehouse facilities and purchase arrangements with a diverse set of funding sources. We typically fund a substantial portion of these receivable purchases by borrowing under credit facilities with our finance partners, although we may also fund receivables purchases using corporate cash. Typically, we immediately sell a portion of the receivables interests we have purchased to our warehousing subsidiary which funds the purchases through loans provided by our financing partners, and we may sell a portion of our receivables to a third-party institution pursuant to a purchase arrangement. As of June 30, 2021, we had $155.0 million in committed credit facility capacity, with $77.5 million drawn, and this is shown on our consolidated balance sheets included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. On average, our spending businesses pay their statement balances in approximately 20 days. We act as the servicer on all receivables we purchase from our issuing bank partners and earn a servicing fee and retain a beneficial interest derivative in the form of a deferred purchase price on loans we sell to our funding sources.

Our Business Model

We efficiently reach SMBs through our proven direct and indirect go-to-market strategies. We acquire customers directly through digital marketing and inside sales. We also acquire customers indirectly by partnering with leading companies that are trusted by our current and prospective customers, including accounting firms, financial institutions, and software companies.

Our revenue is visible and predictable from our existing customers. For fiscal 2021, over 85% of our subscription and transaction revenue, which we also refer to as core revenue, came from customers who were acquired prior to the start of the fiscal year. We expand within our existing customer base by adding more users, increasing transactions per customer, launching additional products, and through pricing and packaging our services. We make it easy for SMBs to try our platform through our risk-free trial program. Should an SMB choose to become a customer after the trial period, it can take several months to adapt their financial operations to fully leverage our platform. Even with a transition period, however, we believe our customer retention is strong. Excluding those customers of our financial institution partners, approximately 85% of customers as of June 30, 2020 were still customers as of June 30, 2021.

Net Dollar-Based Retention Rate

Net dollar-based retention rate is an important indicator of customer satisfaction and usage of our platform, as well as potential revenue for future periods. We calculate our net dollar-based retention rate at the end of each fiscal year. We calculate our net dollar-based retention rate by starting with the revenue billed to customers in the last quarter of the prior fiscal year (Prior Period Revenue). We then calculate the revenue billed to these same customers in the last quarter of the current fiscal year (Current Period Revenue), excluding interest earned on customer funds held in trust. Current Period Revenue includes any upsells and is net of contraction or attrition, but excludes revenue from new customers and excludes interest earned on customer funds held in trust. We then repeat the calculation of Prior Period Revenue and Current Period Revenue with respect to each of the preceding three quarters, and aggregate the four Prior Period Revenues (the Aggregate Prior Period Revenue) and the four Current Period Revenues (the Aggregate Current Period Revenue). Our net dollar-based retention rate equals the Aggregate Current Period Revenue divided by Aggregate Prior Period Revenue.

Our net dollar-based retention rate was 124%, 121% and 110% during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These consecutive increases are primarily attributable to increases in the number of users, more transactions per customer, and selling additional products to those customers.

56


Table of Contents

 

Customer Acquisition Efficiency

Our efficient direct and indirect go-to-market strategy, combined with our recurring revenue model, results in our short payback period. We define “payback period” as the number of quarters it takes for the cumulative non-GAAP gross profit we earn from customers acquired during a given quarter to exceed our total sales and marketing spend in that same quarter. For customers acquired during fiscal 2020, the average payback period was approximately five quarters.

Key Business Metrics

We regularly review several metrics, including the metrics presented in the table below, to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe that these key business metrics provide meaningful supplemental information for management and investors in assessing our historical and future operating performance. The calculation of the key metrics and other measures discussed below may differ from other similarly-titled metrics used by other companies, securities analysts or investors.

 

 

 

As of June 30,

 

 

% Growth

as of June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Number of customers (1)

 

 

121,200

 

 

 

98,100

 

 

 

76,800

 

 

 

24

%

 

 

28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

% Growth

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Total Payment Volume

   (amounts in millions) (2)

$

140,304

 

 

$

96,489

 

 

$

71,282

 

 

 

45

%

 

 

35

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

% Growth

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Transactions processed (3)

 

 

29,159,000

 

 

 

23,852,000

 

 

 

19,861,000

 

 

 

22

%

 

 

20

%

 

 

 

(1)

The total number of spending businesses that used Divvy for spend management was 10,700 as of June 2021.

 

 

(2)

The total card payment volume executed by spending businesses that used Divvy cards was $437.0 million during the month of June 2021.

 

 

(3)

The total transactions executed by spending businesses that used Divvy cards was 1.4 million during the month of June 2021.

Number of Customers

For the purposes of measuring our key business metrics, we define customers as entities that are either billed directly by us or for which we bill our strategic partners during a particular period. Customers who are using our services during a trial period are not counted as new customers during that period. If an organization has multiple entities billed separately for the use of our platform, each entity is counted as a customer. The number of customers in the table above represents the total number of customers at the end of each fiscal year.

Total Payment Volume

To grow revenue from customers we must deliver a product experience that helps them automate their back-office financial operations. The more they use the product and rely upon our features to automate their operations, the more transactions they process on our platform. This metric provides an important indication of the value of transactions that customers are completing on the platform and is an indicator of our ability to generate revenue from our customers. We define TPV as the value of customer transactions that we process on our platform during a particular period. Our calculation of TPV includes payments that are subsequently reversed. Such payments comprised approximately 1% of TPV during fiscal 2021. TPV does not include transactions made by spending businesses on our spend management platform.

57


Table of Contents

 

Transactions Processed

We define transactions processed as the number of customer payment and spend transactions initiated and processed through our platform during a particular period. Payment transactions include checks, ACH items, wire transfers and card payments. Transactions processed do not include transactions made by spending businesses on our spend management platform.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from two sources: (1) subscription and transaction fees, and (2) interest on funds held for customers.

Subscription fees are fixed monthly or annually and charged to our customers for the use of our platform to process transactions. Subscription fees are generally charged on a per user per period basis, normally monthly or annually. Transaction fees are fees collected for each transaction processed through our platform, on either a fixed or variable fee basis. Transaction fees primarily include processing of payments in the form of checks, ACH, cross-border payments, virtual cards, creation of invoices, and use of spend management application whereby we receive interchange income from merchants that accept Divvy cards.

Our contracts with SMB and accounting firm customers are generally either monthly or annual contracts. We determine the transaction price for these contracts by estimating the total consideration to be received over the contract term from subscription and transaction fees. We recognize the transaction price as a single performance obligation based on the proportion of transactions processed to the total estimated transactions to be processed over the contract period.

We enter into multi-year contracts with financial institutions which typically include fees for initial implementation services that are paid during the period the implementation services are provided as well as fees for subscription and transaction processing services, which are subject to guaranteed monthly minimum fees that are paid monthly over the contract term. These contracts enable the financial institutions to provide their customers with access to our online bill pay services through the financial institutions’ online platforms. Implementation services are required up-front to establish an infrastructure that allows the financial institutions’ online platforms to communicate with the Company’s online platform. A financial institution’s customers cannot access online bill pay services until implementation is complete. The fees we earn through these contracts vary based on the number of users and transactions to be processed. We have determined these contracts meet the variable consideration allocation exception and therefore we recognize the guaranteed monthly payments and any overages as revenue in the month they are earned. We recognize implementation fees based on the proportion of transactions processed to the total estimated transactions to be processed over the contract period.

Interest on funds held for customers consists of the interest that we earn from customer funds while payment transactions are clearing. Interest is earned from interest-bearing deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S. Treasury securities, until those payments are cleared and credited to the intended recipient.

Cost of Revenue and Expenses

Cost of revenue Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expenses, for our customer success and payment operations teams, certain costs that are directly attributed to processing customers’ transactions (such as the cost of printing checks), postage for mailing checks, expenses for processing payments (ACH, check, and cross-border wires), direct and amortized costs for implementing and integrating our cloud-based platform into our strategic partners’ systems, costs for maintaining, optimizing, and securing our cloud payments infrastructure, amortization of capitalized internal-use developed software, amortization of developed technology, fees on the investment of customer funds, and allocation of overhead costs. We expect that cost of revenue will increase in absolute dollars, but may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from period to period, as we continue to invest in growing our business.

Research and development Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expenses, incurred in developing new products or enhancing existing products, and allocated overhead costs. We capitalize certain software development costs that are attributable to developing new products and adding incremental functionality to our platform and amortize such costs in cost of revenue over the estimated life of the new product or incremental functionality, which is generally three years.

58


Table of Contents

 

We expense a substantial portion of research and development expenses as incurred. We believe that delivering new functionality is critical to attract new customers and expand our relationship with existing customers. We expect to continue to make investments in and expand our offerings to enhance our customers’ experience and satisfaction, and to attract new customers. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but they may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from period to period as we expand our research and development team to develop new products and product enhancements.

Sales and Marketing Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expenses, sales commissions, marketing program expenses, travel-related expenses and costs to market and promote our platform through advertisements, marketing events, partnership arrangements, direct customer acquisition, amortization of intangible assets, and allocated overhead costs. Sales commissions that are incremental to obtaining new customer contracts are deferred and amortized ratably over the estimated period of our relationship with new customers.

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on generating awareness of our company, platform, and products, creating sales leads, and establishing and promoting our brand. We plan to continue investing in sales and marketing efforts by driving our go-to-market strategies, building our brand awareness, and sponsoring additional marketing events; however, we will adjust our sales and marketing spend level as needed, as the spend may fluctuate from period to period, in response to changes in the economic environment.

General and Administrative General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expenses, for finance, risk management, legal and compliance, human resources and information technology, costs incurred for external professional services, provision for credit losses, losses from fraud, and allocated overhead costs. We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as we explore various growth initiatives, which include incurring higher professional services. We also expect to increase the size of our general and administrative functions to support the growth in our business. As a result, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars but may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from period to period.

Other (expense) income, net Other (expense) income, net consists primarily of the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs in connection with our issuance of the 2025 Notes, interest expense on our borrowings from credit agreements, loss on sale of card receivables, and loss on the revaluation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities, partially offset by interest income on corporate funds invested in money market instruments and highly liquid, investment-grade fixed income marketable securities, and accretion of debt premium.

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes – (Benefit from) provision for income taxes consists primarily of the income tax benefit from the change in deferred tax liability balance relating to the 2025 Notes and a partial release of valuation allowance in connection with the acquisition of Divvy.

59


Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021 (2)

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and transaction fees

 

 

 

$

232,255

 

 

$

136,405

 

 

$

85,951

 

Interest on funds held for customers

 

 

 

 

6,010

 

 

 

21,195

 

 

 

22,400

 

Total revenue

 

 

 

 

238,265

 

 

 

157,600

 

 

 

108,351

 

Cost of revenue (1)

 

 

 

 

61,806

 

 

 

39,144

 

 

 

29,918

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

176,459

 

 

 

118,456

 

 

 

78,433

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development (1)

 

 

 

 

90,235

 

 

 

53,405

 

 

 

28,924

 

Sales and marketing (1)

 

 

 

 

71,374

 

 

 

45,356

 

 

 

30,114

 

General and administrative (1)

 

 

 

 

128,817

 

 

 

53,893

 

 

 

29,198

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

290,426

 

 

 

152,654

 

 

 

88,236

 

Loss from operations

 

 

 

 

(113,967

)

 

 

(34,198

)

 

 

(9,803

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

 

 

(25,370

)

 

 

3,160

 

 

 

2,333

 

Loss before (benefit from) provision for

   income taxes

 

 

 

 

(139,337

)

 

 

(31,038

)

 

 

(7,470

)

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

(40,617

)

 

 

53

 

 

 

(156

)

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(98,720

)

 

$

(31,091

)

 

$

(7,314

)

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021 (2)

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

$

2,938

 

 

$

1,257

 

 

$

331

 

Research and development

 

 

 

 

16,091

 

 

 

5,495

 

 

 

1,128

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

 

8,547

 

 

 

2,777

 

 

 

922

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

44,411

 

 

 

8,535

 

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

 

 

$

71,987

 

 

$

18,064

 

 

$

4,082

 

 

 

(2)

Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

 

 

60


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table presents the components of our consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented as a percentage of total revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and transaction fees

 

 

 

 

97

%

 

 

87

%

 

 

79

%

Interest on funds held for customers

 

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

13

%

 

 

21

%

Total revenue

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

26

%

 

 

25

%

 

 

28

%

Gross margin

 

 

 

 

74

%

 

 

75

%

 

 

72

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

 

 

38

%

 

 

34

%

 

 

27

%

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

 

30

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

27

%

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

54

%

 

 

34

%

 

 

27

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

122

%

 

 

97

%

 

 

81

%

Loss from operations

 

 

 

 

(48

)%

 

 

(22

)%

 

 

(9

)%

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

 

 

(11

)%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

Loss before (benefit from) provision for

   income taxes

 

 

 

 

(59

)%

 

 

(20

)%

 

 

(7

)%

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

(17

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(42

)%

 

 

(20

)%

 

 

(7

)%

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

 

 

Comparison of Fiscal 2021 and 2020

Revenue

The components of our revenue during fiscal 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Subscription and transaction fees

 

$

232,255

 

 

$

136,405

 

 

$

95,850

 

 

 

70

%

Interest on funds held for customers

 

 

6,010

 

 

 

21,195

 

 

 

(15,185

)

 

 

(72

)%

Total revenue

 

$

238,265

 

 

$

157,600

 

 

$

80,665

 

 

 

51

%

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

 

Subscription and transaction fees increased to $232.3 million during fiscal 2021 from $136.4 million during fiscal 2020, an increase of $95.9 million or 70%.

 

Subscription fees increased to $111.6 million during fiscal 2021 from $83.8 million during for fiscal 2020, an increase of $27.8 million or 33%, driven primarily by the increase in customers and average subscription revenue per customer;

 

Transaction fees increased to $120.7 million during fiscal 2021 from $52.6 million during fiscal 2020, an increase of $68.1 million or 129% due mainly to increased adoption of new product offerings, the mix of transaction revenues shifting to variable-priced products, and Divvy’s transaction revenue from the acquisition date; and

 

Our average subscription revenue and transaction fees per customer, excluding Divvy’s revenue, increased by 29 during fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020, driven primarily by the increase in customers’ usage of our platform and payment activities.

61


Table of Contents

 

Interest on funds held for customers decreased to $6.0 million during fiscal 2021 from $21.2 million during fiscal 2020, a decrease of $15.2 million or 72%. The decrease was due mainly to the decrease in the yield we earned from investing customer funds, partially offset by the increase in the balance of customer funds held while payment transactions clear. The average rate of return earned on customer funds held was 0.32% during fiscal 2021, a decrease of 123 basis points from fiscal 2020. The decrease in yield was due mainly to the U.S. Federal Reserve’s action to cut the federal funds rate during calendar year 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The decrease in the yield we earned was partially offset by the increase in the balance of customer funds held while payment transactions clear. The average daily balance of customer funds in transit increased to approximately $1.9 billion during fiscal 2021 from approximately $1.4 billion during fiscal 2020, an increase of 37%. Fund balances increased due to growth in TPV. Our TPV increased to approximately $140.3 billion during fiscal 2021 from approximately $96.5 billion during fiscal 2020, an increase of 45%.  

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue, gross profit, and gross margin during fiscal 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

61,806

 

 

$

39,144

 

 

$

22,662

 

 

 

58

%

Gross profit

 

$

176,459

 

 

$

118,456

 

 

$

58,003

 

 

 

49

%

Gross margin

 

 

74

%

 

 

75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

Cost of revenue increased to $61.8 million during fiscal 2021 from $39.1 million during fiscal 2020, an increase of $22.7 million or 58%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

a $9.2 million increase in direct costs associated with the processing of our customers’ payment transactions, use of software applications and equipment, bank fees for funds held for customers, and data hosting services, which were driven by the increase in the number of customers, increased adoption of new product offerings, and an increase in the volume of transactions;

 

a $7.5 million increase in personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense and amortization of increased deferred service costs, due to the hiring of additional personnel who were directly engaged in providing implementation and support services to our customers. Our average headcount of such personnel during fiscal 2021 increased by 39% compared to fiscal 2020 or 33% excluding Divvy’s headcount;

 

a $3.3 million increase in costs for consultants, temporary contractors, and shared overhead and other costs; and

 

a $2.7 million increase in amortization of acquired developed technology.

Gross margin decreased to 74% during fiscal 2021 from 75% during fiscal 2020, a decrease of 1% due primarily to the amortization of acquired developed technologies.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses during fiscal 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Research and development expenses

 

$

90,235

 

 

$

53,405

 

 

$

36,830

 

 

 

69

%

Percentage of revenue

 

 

38

%

 

 

34

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

62


Table of Contents

 

Research and development expenses increased to $90.2 million during fiscal 2021 from $53.4 million during fiscal 2020, an increase of $36.8 million or 69%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

a $27.1 million increase in personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, resulting from the hiring of additional personnel, who were directly engaged in developing new product offerings, and the acquisition of Divvy;

 

a $4.9 million increase in costs for engaging consultants and temporary contractors who provided product development services. Our average research and development headcount during fiscal 2021 increased by 47% compared to fiscal 2020 or 28% excluding Divvy’s headcount; and

 

a $4.8 million increase in shared overhead and other costs.

As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses increased to 38% during fiscal 2021 from 34% during fiscal 2020 due mainly to the increase in stock-based compensation expense.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses during fiscal 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

$

71,374

 

 

$

45,356

 

 

$

26,018

 

 

 

57

%

Percentage of revenue

 

 

30

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

Sales and marketing expenses increased to $71.4 million during fiscal 2021 from $45.4 million during fiscal 2020, an increase of $26.0 million or 57%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

an $11.4 million increase in personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, due to the hiring of additional personnel, who were directly engaged in acquiring new customers and in marketing our products and services, and the acquisition of Divvy. Our average sales and marketing headcount during fiscal 2021 increased by 31% compared to fiscal 2020 or 10% excluding Divvy’s headcount;

 

a $5.2 million increase in advertising spend and various marketing initiatives and activities, such as engaging consultants and attending marketing events, as we increased our effort in promoting our products and services and in increasing brand awareness;

 

a $4.5 million increase in rewards expense in connection with our rewards programs, whereby spending businesses earn rewards when they spend using cards issued to them;

 

a $3.0 million increase in amortization of acquired intangible assets; and

 

a $1.9 million increase in shared overhead and other costs.

As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 30% during fiscal 2021 from 29% during fiscal 2020, due mainly to the non-cash amortization of acquired intangible assets.  

63


Table of Contents

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses during fiscal 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

General and administrative expenses

 

$

128,817

 

 

$

53,893

 

 

$

74,924

 

 

 

139

%

Percentage of revenue

 

 

54

%

 

 

34

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

 

General and administrative expenses increased to $128.8 million during fiscal 2021 from $53.9 million during fiscal 2020, an increase of $74.9 million or 139%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

a $44.9 million increase in personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, resulting from the hiring of additional executive employees and administrative personnel and the acquisition of Divvy. Our average general and administrative headcount during fiscal 2021 increased by 46% compared to fiscal 2020 or 25% excluding Divvy’s headcount;

 

a $25.4 million increase in professional and consulting fees as we obtained additional external assistance to support certain corporate initiatives, including the acquisition of Divvy;

 

a $4.5 million increase in provision for credit losses, money transfer license fees, shared overhead and other costs; and

 

a $2.6 million increase in corporate insurance costs (mainly pertaining to costs associated with insurance policies for our directors and officers); partially offset by

 

a $2.5 million decrease in sales and use tax reserves.

As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 54% during fiscal 2021 from 34% during fiscal 2020 due mainly to the increase in stock-based compensation expense and professional and consulting fees.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net during fiscal 2021 and 2020 was as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Other (expense) income, net

 

$

(25,370

)

 

$

3,160

 

 

$

(28,530

)

 

 

(903

)%

 

 

(1) Includes the results of Divvy from the acquisition date on June 1, 2021.

 

The change in other (expense) income, net during fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 was due mainly to the following:

 

a $27.9 million increase in interest expense mainly due to the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of our 2025 Notes;

 

a $1.1 million decrease in interest income due to the decrease in interest rates; and

 

a $0.7 million loss on revaluation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities that was reported during fiscal 2020, but none during fiscal 2021.

64


Table of Contents

 

(Benefit from) Provision for Income Taxes

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes during fiscal 2021 and 2020 was as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

$

(40,617

)

 

$

53

 

 

$

(40,670

)

 

 

76,736

%

 

Benefit from income taxes during fiscal 2021 primarily resulted from the release of our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets following the recording of a deferred income tax liability as part of our accounting for the acquisition of Divvy. In addition, during fiscal 2021 we partially reversed the deferred tax liability established in connection with our issuance of the 2025 Notes.

Comparison of Fiscal 2020 and 2019

The components of our revenue during fiscal 2020 and 2019 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Subscription and transaction fees

 

$

136,405

 

 

$

85,951

 

 

$

50,454

 

 

 

59

%

Interest on funds held for customers

 

 

21,195

 

 

 

22,400

 

 

 

(1,205

)

 

 

(5

)%

Total revenue

 

$

157,600

 

 

$

108,351

 

 

$

49,249

 

 

 

45

%

Subscription and transaction fees increased to $136.4 million during fiscal 2020 from $86.0 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $50.4 million or 59%.

 

Subscription fees increased to $83.8 million during fiscal 2020 from $59.6 million during for fiscal 2019, an increase of $24.2 million or 41%, driven primarily by the increase in customers and average subscription revenue per customer.

 

Transaction fees increased to $52.6 million during fiscal 2020 from $26.4 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $26.2 million or 100%, due mainly to increased adoption of new product offerings and the mix of transaction revenues shifting to variable-priced products.

 

Our total customers increased to over 98,000 as of June 30, 2020 compared to over 76,000 as of June 30, 2019, or an increase of approximately 28%.

 

Our average subscription revenue and transaction fees per customer increased by 11% and 58%, respectively, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, driven primarily by the increase in customers’ usage of our platform and payment activities.

Interest on funds held for customers decreased to $21.2 million during fiscal 2020 from $22.4 million during fiscal 2019, a decrease of $1.2 million or 5%. The decrease was due to the decrease in the yield we earned from investing customer funds, partially offset by the increase in the balance of customer funds held while payment transactions clear. The decrease in the yield we earned was due mainly to the following:

 

The average rate of return earned on customer funds held was 1.55% during fiscal 2020, a decrease of 51 basis points from fiscal 2019. The decrease in yield was due mainly to the U.S. Federal Reserve’s action to cut the federal funds rate during the second half of calendar year 2019 and again in March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

The average daily effective federal funds rate decreased by 95 basis points during fiscal 2020 from fiscal 2019.

The decrease in the yield we earned was offset by the increase in the balance of customer funds held while payment transactions clear. The average daily balance of customer funds in transit increased to approximately $1.4 billion during fiscal 2020 from approximately $1.1 billion during fiscal 2019, an increase of 25%. Fund balances increased due to growth in TPV. Our TPV increased to approximately $96.5 billion during fiscal 2020 from approximately $71.3 billion during fiscal 2019, an increase of 35%.

65


Table of Contents

 

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue, gross profit, and gross margin during fiscal 2020 and 2019 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

39,144

 

 

$

29,918

 

 

$

9,226

 

 

 

31

%

Gross profit

 

$

118,456

 

 

$

78,433

 

 

$

40,023

 

 

 

51

%

Gross margin

 

 

75

%

 

 

72

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue increased to $39.1 million during fiscal 2020 from $29.9 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $9.2 million or 31%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

a $4.8 million increase in direct costs associated with the processing of our customers’ payment transactions, use of software applications and equipment, bank fees for funds held for customers, and data hosting services, which were driven by the increase in the number of customers, increased adoption of new product offerings, and an increase in the volume of transactions;

 

a $2.4 million increase in personnel-related costs, including non-cash stock-based compensation expense and amortization of increased deferred service costs, due to the hiring of additional personnel who were directly engaged in providing implementation and support services to our customers. Our average headcount of such personnel during fiscal 2020 increased by 21% compared to fiscal 2019; and

 

a $1.5 million increase in shared overhead costs and a $0.6 million increase in costs for consultants and temporary contractors.

Gross margin increased to 75% during fiscal 2020 from 72% during fiscal 2019, an increase of 3%. The increase was driven primarily by higher revenue on increased adoption of new product offerings.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses during fiscal 2020 and 2019 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Research and development expenses

 

$

53,405

 

 

$

28,924

 

 

$

24,481

 

 

 

85

%

Percentage of revenue

 

 

34

%

 

 

27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses increased to $53.4 million during fiscal 2020 from $28.9 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $24.5 million or 85%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

a $20.3 million increase in personnel-related costs, including non-cash stock-based compensation expense, resulting from the hiring of additional personnel who were directly engaged in developing new product offerings. Our average research and development headcount during fiscal 2020 increased by 55% compared to fiscal 2019;

 

a $2.9 million increase in shared overhead costs; and

 

a $1.0 million increase in costs for engaging consultants and temporary contractors who provided product development services.

As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses increased to 34% during fiscal 2020 from 27% during fiscal 2019 due mainly to the increase in our headcount, which resulted in higher personnel-related costs, including non-cash stock-based compensation expense, relative to the increase in our revenue.

66


Table of Contents

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses during fiscal 2020 and 2019 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

$

45,356

 

 

$

30,114

 

 

$

15,242

 

 

 

51

%

Percentage of revenue

 

 

29

%

 

 

27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased to $45.4 million during fiscal 2020 from $30.1 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $15.3 million or 51%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

$9.4 million increase in personnel-related costs (after the adjustment to capitalize and subsequently amortize certain sales commissions, which increased on a net basis by $3.7 million), including non-cash stock-based compensation expense, due to the hiring of additional personnel who were directly engaged in acquiring new customers and in marketing our products and services. Our average sales and marketing headcount during fiscal 2020 increased by 44% compared to fiscal 2019;

 

$2.1 million increase in shared overhead costs;

 

$2.0 million increase in advertising spend; and

 

$1.7 million increase in various marketing initiatives and activities, such as engaging consultants and attending marketing events, as we increased our effort in promoting our products and services and in increasing brand awareness.

As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 29% during fiscal 2020 from 27% during fiscal 2019, due mainly to the increase in our headcount, which resulted in higher personnel-related costs, including non-cash stock-based compensation expense, relative to the increase in our revenue.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses during fiscal 2020 and 2019 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

General and administrative expenses

 

$

53,893

 

 

$

29,198

 

 

$

24,695

 

 

 

85

%

Percentage of revenue

 

 

34

%

 

 

27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased to $53.9 million during fiscal 2020 from $29.2 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $24.7 million or 85%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

 

$16.0 million increase in personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, resulting from the hiring of additional executive employees and administrative personnel. Our average general and administrative headcount during fiscal 2020 increased by 66% compared to fiscal 2019;

 

$1.8 million increase in shared overhead costs;

 

$2.9 million increase in professional and consulting fees as we obtained additional external assistance before and after we became a public company;

 

$2.2 million increase in corporate insurance costs, mainly pertaining to director and officer insurance costs, due to the effect of operating as a public company; and

 

$2.0 million increase in money transfer license fees and credit card processing fees due to the overall growth of our business.

67


Table of Contents

 

As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 34% during fiscal 2020 from 27% during fiscal 2019 due mainly to the increase in our headcount, which resulted in higher personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, relative to the increase in our revenue.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net during fiscal 2020 and 2019 was as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Other income, net

 

$

3,160

 

 

$

2,333

 

 

$

827

 

 

 

35

%

 

Other income, net increased to $3.2 million during fiscal 2020 from $2.3 million during fiscal 2019, an increase of $0.9 million or 35%. The increase was due mainly to the following:

 

 

$0.9 million increase in interest income due to the increase in corporate funds that were invested in highly liquid, investment-grade fixed income marketable securities; and

 

$0.6 million decrease in interest expense.

 

The increase in other income, net was offset by a $0.7 million increase in loss on revaluation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Provision for (benefit from) Income Taxes

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes during fiscal 2020 and 2019 was as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

$

53

 

 

$

(156

)

 

$

209

 

 

 

134

%

 

The provision for income taxes during fiscal 2020 pertains primarily to state income taxes. The benefit from income taxes during fiscal 2019 pertains primarily to the income tax benefit that is reported on the consolidated statements of operations and is offset against the income tax on the unrealized gain on investments in available-for-sale securities that is shown on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different than similarly-titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater transparency with respect to important metrics used by our management for financial and operational decision-making. We are presenting these non-GAAP metrics to assist investors in seeing our financial performance using a management view. We believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

 

68


Table of Contents

 

 

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin

We define non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross margin as gross profit and gross margin, respectively, excluding amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and payroll taxes related to stock-based compensation expense. We believe non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross margin provide our management and investors consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitate period-to-period comparisons of operations. The following table presents a reconciliation of our non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross margin to our gross profit and gross margin for the periods presented (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Total revenue

 

 

 

$

238,265

 

 

$

157,600

 

 

$

108,351

 

GAAP Gross profit

 

 

 

 

176,459

 

 

 

118,456

 

 

 

78,433

 

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

2,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

2,938

 

 

 

1,257

 

 

 

331

 

Payroll taxes related to stock-based

compensation expense

 

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

2,095

 

 

 

1,928

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

 

 

 

$

184,998

 

 

$

121,847

 

 

$

80,692

 

GAAP gross margin

 

 

 

 

74.1

%

 

 

75.2

%

 

 

72.4

%

Non-GAAP gross margin

 

 

 

 

77.6

%

 

 

77.3

%

 

 

74.5

%

 

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as net cash used in operating activities, reduced by purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal-use software costs. We believe free cash flow is an important liquidity measure of the cash (if any) that is available, after purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal-use software costs, for operational expenses and investment in our business. Free cash flow is useful to investors as a liquidity measure because it measures our ability to generate or use cash. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth. The following table presents a reconciliation of our free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating

   activities

 

 

 

$

4,623

 

 

$

(4,430

)

 

$

(3,949

)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

(18,902

)

 

 

(11,437

)

 

 

(2,743

)

Capitalization of internal-use software costs

 

 

 

 

(2,304

)

 

 

(639

)

 

 

(1,556

)

Free cash flow

 

 

 

$

(16,583

)

 

$

(16,506

)

 

$

(8,248

)

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash and cash equivalents of $509.6 million, our available-for-sale short-term investments of $655.3 million, and our available lines of credit. Our cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money market funds and investments in debt securities with original maturities of three months or less. Our short-term investments are comprised primarily of available-for-sale investments in corporate bonds, certificates of deposit, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds, and U.S. treasury securities with original maturities of more than three months. Our lines of credit are comprised of credit agreements that we assumed from the acquisition of Divvy, under which we have a total borrowing commitment of $155.0 million. We can draw funds from these lines of credit to the extent there is sufficient balance of eligible acquired card receivables that serve as collateral.

On November 30, 2020, we issued $1.15 billion in aggregate principal amount of our 0% convertible senior notes (2025 Notes) due on December 1, 2025. The 2025 Notes, which are further described below, are senior, unsecured obligations, and will not accrue interest unless we determine that special interest obligations are deemed necessary. The 2025 Notes are convertible by the holders at their option during any calendar quarter after March 31, 2021 under certain

69


Table of Contents

 

circumstances. If the note holders exercise their right to convert, our current intent is to settle such conversion through a combination settlement involving a repayment of the principal portion in cash and the balance in shares of common stock.

We believe that our cash, cash equivalents, available-for sale short-term investments, and funds available under our lines of credit will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. In the future, we may attempt to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities or through equity-linked or debt financing arrangements to fund future operations or obligations, including the repayment of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes in the event that the 2025 Notes become convertible and the noteholders opt to exercise their right to convert. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we raise additional financing by incurring additional indebtedness, we may be subject to increased fixed payment obligations and could also be subject to additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any future indebtedness we incur may have terms that could be unfavorable to equity investors. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.

Cash Flows

Below is a summary of our consolidated cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

4,623

 

 

$

(4,430

)

 

$

(3,949

)

Investing activities

 

 

(1,426,890

)

 

 

(249,487

)

 

 

(96,106

)

Financing activities

 

 

1,639,583

 

 

 

863,126

 

 

 

491,655

 

Net increase in cash, cash

   equivalents, restricted cash

   and restricted cash equivalents

 

$

217,316

 

 

$

609,209

 

 

$

391,600

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

Our primary source of cash provided by our operating activities is our revenue from subscription and transaction fees. Our subscription revenue is primarily based on a fixed monthly or annual rate per user charged to our customers. Our transaction revenue is comprised of transaction fees on a fixed or variable rate per type of transaction. We also generate cash from the interest earned on funds held in trust on behalf of customers while payment transactions are clearing. Our primary uses of cash in our operating activities include payments for employee salary and related costs, payments to third parties to fulfill our payment transactions, payments to sales and marketing partners, and other general corporate expenditures.

Net cash provided in operating activities increased to $4.6 million during fiscal 2021 from a net cash used of $4.4 million during fiscal 2020 due mainly to the increase in subscription and transaction fees revenue; partially offset by the increase in payments for costs of services and operating expenses. In addition, the net increase was partially due to the timing of usage of funds to pay our corporate expenditures.

Net cash used in operating activities increased to $4.4 million during fiscal 2020 from $3.9 million during fiscal 2019 due primarily to the increase in payments for our services and operating expenses, primarily employee salary and related costs due to the increase in headcount and administrative costs as we now operate as a public company; partially offset by the increase in subscription and transaction fees revenue.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our cash proceeds from our investing activities consist primarily of proceeds from the maturities and sale of corporate and customer fund available-for-sale investments. Our cash usage for our investing activities consists primarily of purchases of corporate and customer fund available-for-sale investments, payment for business acquisition, purchases of property and equipment, and capitalization of internal-use software. Additionally, the increase or decrease in our net cash from investing activities is impacted by the net change in acquired card receivable balances.

70


Table of Contents

 

Net cash used in investing activities increased to $1.4 billion during fiscal 2021 from $249.5 million during fiscal 2020 due primarily to the increase in purchases of corporate and customer fund short-term investments, payment made to acquire Divvy, increase in acquired card receivables, and increase in purchases of property and equipment; partially offset by the increase in proceeds from the maturities and sale of corporate and customer short-term investments.

Net cash used in investing activities increased to $249.5 million during fiscal 2020 from $96.1 million during fiscal 2019 due primarily to the increase in purchases of corporate and customer fund short-term investments and the increase in purchases of property and equipment; partially offset by the increase in proceeds from the maturities of corporate and customer fund short-term investments.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Our cash proceeds from our financing activities consist primarily of proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes, exercises of stock options, and employee purchases of our common stock under our employee stock purchase plan (ESPP). In addition, our cash proceeds from our financing activities during fiscal 2020 included net proceeds from our IPO and follow-on offering. Our cash usage for our financing activities consists primarily of payments of costs related to the issuance of debt and common stock, and payments for the purchase of Capped Calls. Additionally, the increase or decrease in our net cash from financing activities is impacted by the change in customer fund deposits liability.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to $1.6 billion during fiscal 2021 from $863.1 million during fiscal 2020 due primarily to the proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes, increase in exercises of stock options, increase in employee purchases of common stock under our ESPP, and increase in customer funds liability; offset by the purchase of Capped Calls in connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes and repayment of our line of credit borrowings. Additionally, our cash from financing activities during fiscal 2020 included the net proceeds from our IPO and follow-on offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to $863.1 million during fiscal 2020 from $491.7 million during fiscal 2019 due primarily to the proceeds from our IPO and follow-on offering (net of underwriting discounts and other offering costs), increase in exercises of stock options, and proceeds from our line of credit borrowings; partially offset by a lower change in customer funds deposits liability. Additionally, our cash from financing activities during fiscal 2019 included proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

2025 Notes

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding 2025 Notes with aggregate principal amount of $1.15 billion. The 2025 Notes are convertible on or after September 1, 2025 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date on December 1, 2025. The 2025 Notes are convertible by the holders at their option during any calendar quarter after March 31, 2021 under certain circumstances, including if the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on and including the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the $160.88 per share initial conversion price. If the note holders exercise their right to convert, our current intent is to settle such conversion through a combination settlement involving a repayment of the principal portion in cash and the balance in shares of common stock.

In conjunction with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, we entered into capped call transactions with certain counterparties. The Capped Calls each have an initial strike price of approximately $160.88 per share, subject to certain adjustments. The Capped Calls have an initial cap price of $218.14 per share, subject to certain adjustments; provided that such cap price shall not be reduced to an amount less than the strike price of $160.88 per share. The purpose of the Capped Calls is to reduce the potential dilution of our common stock upon any conversion of the 2025 Notes and/or offset any cash payments that we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of such converted notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.

 

Credit Agreements

The credit agreements that we assumed from Divvy consisted of (i) Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (2021 Revolving Credit Agreement) and (ii) Warehouse Credit Agreement (2019 Credit Agreement, as amended).

The 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement has a total commitment of $95.0 million consisting of a Class A facility amounting to $75.0 million and a Class B facility amounting to $20.0 million. The total outstanding borrowings from the

71


Table of Contents

 

Class A and Class B facilities, which bear interest at 2.75% and 10.25% per annum, respectively, plus LIBOR (subject to a floor rate of 0.25%), were $37.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2021. The 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement matures in June 2023 or earlier pursuant to such agreement and the outstanding borrowings are payable on or before the maturity date.

The 2019 Credit Agreement (as amended) has a total commitment of $60.0 million. The outstanding borrowings from the amended 2019 Credit Agreement, which bear interest at 6.0% per annum plus LIBOR (subject to a floor rate of 2.0%), amounted to $30.0 million as of June 30, 2021. The interest rate drops to 4.5% per annum plus LIBOR (subject to a floor rate of 0.25%) beginning October 2021. The 2019 amended Credit Agreement matures in January 2023 and the outstanding borrowings are payable on or before the maturity date.

The available funds under our credit agreements, after deducting our borrowings totaling $77.5 million, was $77.5 million as of June 30, 2021.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

 

Our principal commitments to settle our contractual obligations are as follows as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 year

 

 

1 ~ 3

years

 

 

3 ~ 5

years

 

 

 

 

More than

5 years

 

Principal amount of the 2025 Notes (1)

 

$

1,150,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,150,000

 

 

 

 

$

 

Borrowings from credit agreements,

   including interest obligations (2)

 

 

82,287

 

 

 

3,156

 

 

 

79,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases, including imputed interest (3)

 

 

124,629

 

 

 

12,581

 

 

 

26,038

 

 

 

25,195

 

 

 

 

 

60,815

 

Purchase obligations (4)

 

 

32,908

 

 

 

11,282

 

 

 

16,126

 

 

 

3,750

 

 

 

 

 

1,750

 

Total

 

$

1,389,824

 

 

$

27,019

 

 

$

121,295

 

 

$

1,178,945

 

 

 

 

$

62,565

 

 

 

(1)

Pertains to the principal amount of our 0% 2025 Notes due on December 1, 2025. The holders of the 2025 Notes have the right to convert before the maturity when the 2025 Notes become convertible under certain circumstances. If the 2025 Notes become convertible and the holders opt to convert, our current intent is to settle such conversion through a combination settlement involving a repayment of the principal portion in cash and the balance in shares of common stock.

 

 

(2)

Pertains to the principal amount of our outstanding borrowings from our 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement and 2019 Credit Agreement, totaling $77.5 million, plus estimate of interest obligations of $4.8 million assuming principal amounts remain outstanding through the maturity of the respective agreements.

 

 

(3)

Consists of future non-cancellable minimum rental payments under operating leases for our office facilities, data center facility and certain equipment.

 

 

(4)

Consists of future minimum payments under a strategic partnership agreement and purchases of software-related services with certain vendors. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty were not included in the table above.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are contractually obligated to purchase all card receivables from U.S. based card issuing banks (Issuing Banks) including authorized transactions that have not cleared. The transactions that have been authorized but not cleared totaled $30.3 million as of June 30, 2021 and have not been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. We have off-balance sheet credit exposures with these authorized but not cleared transactions; however, our expected credit losses with respect to these transactions was not significant as of June 30, 2021.  

Other than our expected credit loss exposure on the card transactions that have not cleared, we had no other off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources as of June 30, 2021.

72


Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated, and reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue recognition

Our contracts with our customers require us to provide multiple services comprising subscription, transaction and implementation services. We identify performance obligations in these contracts by evaluating whether individual services are distinct. Services that are not distinct are combined into a single performance obligation. The evaluation of whether a service is distinct involves judgment and could impact the timing of revenue recognition. We determine the transaction price in these contracts based on the amount of consideration we expect to be entitled to, which are typically variable. The transaction price is then allocated to each separate performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis. Each performance obligation is analyzed to determine if it is satisfied over time or at a point in time. Our performance obligations are generally recognized as revenue over the period each performance obligation is satisfied using an attribution method that best reflects the measure of progress in satisfying the performance obligation. The attribution method used involves judgment and impacts the timing of revenue recognition.

Our implementation services included in certain contracts with our financial institution customers consist of the development of interfaces between our online platform and the financial institutions’ online platform. The financial institution’s customers cannot access online bill pay services until implementation is complete. As a result, initial implementation services are not capable of being distinct from subscription and transaction processing services, and are combined into a single performance obligation. We also evaluate the ability of financial institution customers to renew contracts without having to pay up-front implementation fees again to determine if it provides them a material right. Material rights, which have not been significant to date, are treated as separate performance obligations and are recognized over the expected period of benefit.  For such arrangements, we allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price.

Business Combinations

We account for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires assigning the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets acquired, including liabilities assumed in the acquiree at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of these assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquiree is recorded as goodwill. When determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquiree, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, which includes consideration of future growth rates and margins, attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness, loyalty and position, and discount rates. Fair value estimates are based on the assumptions management believes a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

 

Convertible Senior Notes

The Company accounts for its convertible senior notes (Notes) by separating the principal amount into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component is calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component, which represents the conversion option, is determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of

73


Table of Contents

 

the Notes as a whole. The difference between the principal amount of the Notes and the liability component is initially recorded as a debt discount and is amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Notes. The equity component of the Notes, which is included in additional paid-in capital, will not be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.

The debt issuance costs are allocated between the liability and equity components based on the respective values of the liability and equity components. The debt issuance costs allocated to the liability component are being amortized as interest expense over the term of the Notes using the effective interest method. The debt issuance costs allocated to the equity component are presented as a reduction of additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, by evaluating whether there is an identified asset and whether the Company controls the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. The Company determines the classification of the lease, whether operating or financing, at the lease commencement date, which is the date the leased assets are made available for use.

The Company uses the non-cancelable lease term when recognizing the right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities, unless it is reasonably certain that a renewal or termination option will be exercised. The Company accounts for lease components and non-lease components as a single lease component. Modifications are assessed to determine whether incremental differences result in new contract terms and accounted for as a new lease or whether the additional right of use should be included in the original lease and continue to be accounted with the remaining ROU asset.

Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. Lease payments consist of the fixed payments under the arrangement, less any lease incentives. Variable costs, such as common area maintenance costs, are not included in the measurement of the ROU assets and lease liabilities, but are expensed as incurred. As the implicit rate of the leases is not determinable, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of the lease payments. Lease expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company does not recognize ROU assets on lease arrangements with a term of 12 months or less.  Lease expense for such arrangements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

Credit Losses on Acquired Card Receivables

We acquire card receivables pursuant to our contracts with certain Issuing Banks. The acquired card receivables portfolio consists of a large group of smaller balances from spending businesses across a wide range of industries. We establish an allowance for credit losses based on an estimate of uncollectible balances resulting from credit losses and such allowance could fluctuate depending on certain factors. An estimate of lifetime expected credit losses is performed by incorporating historical loss experience, as well as current and future economic conditions over a reasonable and supportable period beyond the balance sheet date. In estimating expected credit losses, we use models that entail a significant amount of judgment. The primary areas of judgment used in measuring the quantitative components of our reserves relate to the attributes used to segment the portfolio, the determination of the historical loss experience look-back period, and the weighting of historical loss experience by monthly cohort. We use these models and assumptions to determine the reserve rates applicable to the outstanding acquired card receivable balances to estimate reserves for expected credit losses. Based on historical loss experience, the probability of default decreases over time, therefore the attribute used to segment the portfolio is the length of time since an account’s credit limit origination. Our models use past loss experience to estimate the probability of default and exposure at default by aged balances. We also estimate the likelihood and magnitude of recovery of previously written off loans based on historical recovery experience. Additionally, we evaluate whether to include qualitative reserves to cover losses that are expected but may not be adequately represented in the quantitative methods or the economic assumptions. The qualitative reserves address possible limitations within the models or factors not included within the models, such as external conditions, changes in underwriting strategies, the nature and volume of the portfolio, and the volume and severity of past due accounts.

We review our assumptions periodically and the amount of allowance that we recorded may be impacted by actual performance of the acquired card receivables and changes in any of the assumptions used. In general, we write-off card receivables after the entire balance becomes 120 days delinquent.

74


Table of Contents

 

Customer Rewards

We offer a promotion program whereby users of our spend management application can earn rewards based on the volume of their card transactions. Users can redeem those rewards for cash, travel, and gift cards, among other things. We establish a rewards liability that represents management’s estimate of the cost for earned rewards. Our estimate of the liability is determined based on points earned for every card spend, an estimate of the redemption cost and an estimate of expected redemption (net of breakage). Our estimated liability could fluctuate based on the changes on the input used to make our estimate.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock option awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We recognize the compensation costs for stock option awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the option vesting term of four years, reduced for estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on the historical experience for annual grant years where the majority of the vesting terms have been satisfied.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions, which determine the fair value of the stock option awards. These assumptions include:

Expected termThe expected term represents the period that stock option awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for stock option awards is determined using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the stock-based awards.

Expected volatilityThe expected volatility was estimated based on the historical volatility of our common stock. The expected volatility that we used for stock option awards assumed in an acquisition was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the lifecycle or area of specialty.

Risk-free interest rateThe risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of stock option awards for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option.

Expected dividend yieldWe have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of June 30, 2021.

 

75


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our overall investment portfolio is comprised of corporate investments and customer fund assets that have been collected from customers, but not yet remitted to the applicable supplier or deposited into our customers’ accounts. Our corporate investments are invested in cash and cash equivalents and highly liquid, investment-grade fixed income marketable securities. These assets are available for corporate operating purposes and mature within 24 months from the date of purchase. Our customer funds assets are invested with safety of principal, liquidity, and diversification as the primary objectives. As a secondary objective, we seek to maximize interest income. Our customer funds assets are invested in money market funds that maintain a constant market price, other cash equivalents, and highly liquid, investment-grade fixed income marketable securities, with maturities of up to 13 months from the time of purchase. Our investment policy, reflecting restrictions on permissible investments in applicable state money transmitter laws, governs the types of investments we make. We classify all of our investments in marketable securities as available-for-sale. 

As part of our customer funds investment strategy, we use funds collected daily from our customers to satisfy the obligations of other unrelated customers, rather than liquidating investments purchased with previously collected funds. There is risk that we may not be able to satisfy customer obligations in full or on time due to insufficient liquidity or due to a decline in value of our investments. However, the liquidity risk is minimized by collecting the customer’s funds in advance of the payment obligation and by maintaining significant investments in bank deposits and constant-value money market funds that allow for same-day liquidity. The risk of a decline in investment value is minimized by our restrictive investment policy allowing for only short-term, high quality fixed income marketable securities. We also maintain other sources of liquidity including our corporate cash balances.

Interest Rate and Credit Risk

We are exposed to interest-rate risk relating to our investments of corporate cash and funds held for customers that we process through our bank accounts. Our corporate investment portfolio consists principally of interest-bearing bank deposits, money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other corporate notes, asset-backed securities, and U.S. Treasury securities. Funds that we hold for customers are held in non-interest and interest-bearing bank deposits, money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other corporate notes, and U.S. Treasury securities. We recognize interest earned from funds held for customers as revenue. We do not pay interest to customers. 

Factors that influence the rate of interest we earn include the short-term market interest rate environment and the weighting of our balances by security type. The interest rate earned on our corporate investment portfolio and funds held for customers decreased to 0.27% during fiscal 2021 from 1.52% during fiscal 2020 due primarily to the changes in the short-term interest rate environment, including the U.S. Federal Reserve’s lowering of the federal funds rate in March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, as the average daily effective federal funds rate decreased by 121 basis points. 

Unrealized gains or losses on our marketable debt securities are due primarily to interest rate fluctuations from the time the securities were purchased. We account for both fixed and variable rate securities at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income until the securities are sold. Based on current investment practices, a change in the interest rate of 100 basis points would have changed our interest income from our corporate investment portfolio by approximately $12.4 million during fiscal 2021 on average corporate investment balances of approximately $1.2 billion. A change in the interest rate of 100 basis points would have changed our interest on funds held for customers by approximately $18.6 million during fiscal 2021 on average funds held for customers of $1.9 billion.

We are also exposed to interest-rate risk relating to borrowings from our credit agreements. As of June 30, 2021, our available funds under our credit agreements provide for a revolving credit facility of up to $77.5 million, after deducting our outstanding borrowings of $77.5 million. Because the interest rate on the borrowings is indexed to LIBOR, which is a floating rate mechanism, our interest cost may increase if market interest rates rise. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material effect on our financial results.

In addition to interest rate risks, we also have exposure to risks associated with changes in laws and regulations that may affect customer fund balances. For example, a change in regulations that restricts the permissible investment alternatives for customer funds would reduce our interest earned revenue.

76


Table of Contents

 

We are exposed to credit risk in connection with our investments in securities through the possible inability of the borrowers to meet the terms of the securities. We limit credit risk by investing in investment-grade securities as rated by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, or Fitch, by investing only in securities that mature in the near-term, and by limiting concentration in securities other than U.S. Treasuries. Investment in securities of issuers with short-term credit ratings must be rated A-2/P-2/F2 or higher. Investment in securities of issuers with long-term credit ratings must be rated A- or A3, or higher. Investment in asset-backed securities and money market funds must be rated AAA or equivalent. Investment in repurchase agreements will be at least 102 percent collateralized with securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. Securities in our corporate portfolio may not mature beyond two years from purchase, and securities held in our customer fund accounts may not mature beyond 13 months from purchase. No more than 5% of invested funds, either corporate or customer, may be held in the issues of a single corporation.

We are also exposed to credit risk related to the timing of payments made from customer funds collected. We typically remit customer funds to our customers’ suppliers in advance of having good or confirmed funds collected from our customers and if a customer disputes a transaction after we remit funds on their behalf, then we could suffer a credit loss.  Furthermore, our customers generally have three days to dispute transactions, and if we remit funds in advance of receiving confirmation that no dispute was initiated by our customer, then we could suffer a credit loss. We mitigate this credit exposure by leveraging our data assets to make credit underwriting decisions about whether to accelerate disbursements, managing exposure limits, and various controls in our operating systems.

We are exposed to credit risk from card receivable balances we have with our spending businesses. Spending businesses may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Although we regularly review our credit exposure to specific spending businesses and to specific industries that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to foresee or detect, such as fraud. In addition, our ability to manage credit risk or collect amounts owed to us may be adversely affected by legal or regulatory changes (such as restrictions on collections or changes in bankruptcy laws, minimum payment regulations and re-age guidance). We rely principally on the spending businesses’ creditworthiness for repayment of card receivables and therefore have limited recourse for collection. Our ability to assess creditworthiness may be impaired if the criteria or models we use to manage our credit risk prove inaccurate in predicting future losses, which could cause our losses to rise and have a negative impact on our results of operations. Any material increases in delinquencies and losses beyond our current estimates could have a material adverse impact on us. Although we make estimates to provide for credit losses in our outstanding portfolio of card receivables, these estimates may not be accurate.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk relating to our cross-border payment service, which allows customers to pay their international suppliers in foreign currencies. When customers make a cross-border payment, customers fund those payments in U.S. dollars based upon an exchange rate that is quoted on the initiation date of the transaction. Subsequently, when we convert and remit those funds to our customers’ suppliers primarily through our global payment partners, the exchange rate may differ, due to foreign exchange fluctuation, from the exchange rate that was initially quoted. Our transaction fees to our customers are not adjusted for changes in foreign exchange rates between the initiation date of the transaction and the date the funds are converted. If the value of the U.S. dollar weakens relative to the foreign currencies, this may have an unfavorable effect on our cash flows and operating results. We do not believe that a 10% change in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other foreign currencies would have a material effect on our cash flows and operating results.

 

 

77


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

79

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

84

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

85

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

86

 

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

87

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

88

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

89

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Bill.com Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bill.com Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated August 30, 2021 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

 

Funds Held for Customers and Customer Fund Deposits

Description of the Matter

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, funds held for customers and the corresponding customer fund deposits liability represent the Company’s contractual obligations to remit funds to customers or customers’ suppliers, to satisfy customers’ fund obligations and are recorded as an asset and corresponding liability at the time the Company collects funds from customers or on behalf of customers. At June 30, 2021, the Company reported a funds held for customers and corresponding customer fund deposit liability of $2.2 billion. The Company processes a high volume of transactions comprising of funds that are collected from customers for payments to their suppliers and funds that are collected on behalf of customers.

Auditing the funds held for customers and corresponding customer fund deposits liability was complex and involved an increased extent of audit effort due to the subjectivity in applying audit procedures, the significance of the balances, and the high volume of transactions and the complexity of the account reconciliations.

79


Table of Contents

 

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s funds held for customers and customer funds deposits. For example, we tested controls over management’s review of the completeness and accuracy of the account reconciliations.

To test the funds held for customers and corresponding customer fund deposits liability, our audit procedures included, among others, obtaining external confirmations for the cash and investment balances and testing the account reconciliations. We sampled funding and disbursement transactions prior to and subsequent to period end and evaluated whether funds were properly included or excluded from the funds held for customers and customer fund deposit balances and evaluated the aging of balances. We performed analytical procedures using transactional data for a period of time prior to and subsequent to period end.  

 

 

Convertible Senior Notes

Description of the Matter

 

As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, in November 2020, the Company issued $1.15 billion of convertible senior notes due in 2025 (“Convertible Senior Notes”), which, upon conversion, permit the Company to pay or deliver cash, shares of its common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of common stock at the Company’s election. The Company entered into separate capped call transactions to reduce potential dilution or offset any cash payments the Company may make in excess of the principal amount upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes. These transactions are collectively referred to as the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions.

Auditing the Company’s accounting for the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions was complex due to the significant judgment required in determining the liability component of the Convertible Senior Notes as well as the balance sheet classification of the components of the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions. The Company estimated the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Senior Notes by measuring the fair value of similar debt instruments that do not have an associated conversion feature. Additionally, the Company performed a detailed analysis of the terms of the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions to identify whether any derivatives that required separate mark-to-market accounting under applicable accounting guidance were present.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s accounting for the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions. For example, we tested the Company’s controls over the initial recognition and measurement of the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions, including management’s review of the model and significant assumptions used in determining the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Senior Notes and the recording of the associated liability and equity components.

Our testing of the Company’s initial accounting for the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions included, among other procedures, reading the underlying agreements and evaluating the Company’s accounting analysis of the initial accounting of the Convertible Senior Notes Transactions, including the determination of the balance sheet classification of each component of the Convertible Senior Notes Transaction and identification of any derivatives included in the arrangements. We involved a valuation specialist in our testing of the fair value of the liability component, including evaluating the Company’s selection of the valuation methodology and other significant assumptions used by the Company. We evaluated the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data supporting the significant assumptions and estimates. Specifically, when assessing the fair value assumptions, we evaluated the Company’s estimates of its credit risk, equity volatility, dividend yield and the market risk free rate as well as its analysis of comparable issuances of debt securities by companies with a similar credit risk rating.

80


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Valuation of Acquired Intangible Assets

Description of the Matter

 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, in June 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of DivvyPay, Inc. for net consideration of $2.3 billion. The Company’s accounting for the acquisition included determining the fair value of the intangible assets acquired, which primarily included developed technology and customer relationships.

 

Auditing the Company's accounting for its acquisition of DivvyPay, Inc. was complex due to (i) the significant estimation required by management in determining the fair value of the technology-related intangible assets and customer relationship intangible assets of $191 million and $198 million, respectively (collectively, “the intangible assets”); and (ii) as described in our Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, the material weakness identified relating to the accounting for the acquisition. The significant estimation was primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to the underlying significant assumptions. The Company used the discounted cash flow method of the income approach to measure the fair value of these intangible assets. The significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the intangible assets included revenue growth rates, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) as a percentage of forecasted revenue, the royalty rate applied to revenue attributable to developed technology, and the discount rate. These significant assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process for accounting for acquired intangible assets.  For example, we tested controls over management’s review of the valuation of intangible assets, including the review of the valuation model and significant assumptions used in the valuation.

To test the fair value of these acquired intangible assets, our audit procedures included, among others, evaluating the appropriateness of the Company's selected valuation methodologies, evaluating the forecasted financial information and testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in testing the significant assumptions used to value the acquired intangible assets. For example, we compared the forecasted revenue growth rates and forecasted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue to historical results of the acquired business and to the corresponding rates of guideline public companies. We compared the royalty rate to the rates in similar developed technology licensing agreements. We evaluated the discount rate by comparing the rate to those of the acquired business’s weighted average cost of capital, internal rate of return and weighted-average return on assets. We also performed sensitivity analyses of the significant assumptions to evaluate the change in the fair value resulting from changes in the assumptions.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

San Francisco, California

August 30, 2021


81


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Bill.com Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Bill.com Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 2013 framework (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Bill.com Holdings, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.

 

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Divvy Pay, Inc., which is included in the June 30, 2021 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 6% and 7% of total and net assets, respectively, as of June 30, 2021 and 4% and 6% of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of DivvyPay, Inc.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified a material weakness related to the accounting for the Company’s business combination, including a lack of sufficient precision in the performance of reviews of the analyses supporting the purchase price allocation accounting and other acquisition related entries and a lack of adequate documentation to provide evidence of operating effectiveness of an associated management review control.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the June 30, 2021 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated August 30, 2021 which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

San Francisco, California

August 30, 2021

83


Table of Contents

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

509,615

 

 

$

573,643

 

Short-term investments

 

 

655,314

 

 

 

123,974

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

18,222

 

 

 

4,252

 

Acquired card receivables, net

 

 

147,093

 

 

 

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

8,118

 

 

 

6,549

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

59,077

 

 

 

26,781

 

Funds held for customers

 

 

2,208,598

 

 

 

1,644,250

 

Total current assets

 

 

3,606,037

 

 

 

2,379,449

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

 

71,925

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

48,902

 

 

 

13,866

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

417,341

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,772,043

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

52,925

 

 

 

10,700

 

Total assets

 

$

5,969,173

 

 

$

2,404,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

11,904

 

 

$

3,478

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

20,287

 

 

 

12,387

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

12,848

 

 

 

5,891

 

Other accruals and current liabilities

 

 

72,022

 

 

 

10,841

 

Customer fund deposits

 

 

2,208,598

 

 

 

1,644,250

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,325,659

 

 

 

1,676,847

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,926

 

 

 

2,622

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

86,639

 

 

 

 

Borrowings from credit facilities, net

 

 

79,534

 

 

 

 

Convertible senior notes, net

 

 

909,847

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liability

 

 

9,090

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

25,888

 

 

 

13,827

 

Total liabilities

 

 

3,439,583

 

 

 

1,693,296

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock: $0.00001 par value per share; 10,000 shares

   authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock; $0.00001 par value per share; 500,000

   shares authorized; 94,504 and 79,635 shares issued and outstanding

   at June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,777,155

 

 

 

857,044

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(100

)

 

 

2,420

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(247,467

)

 

 

(148,747

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

2,529,590

 

 

 

710,719

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

5,969,173

 

 

$

2,404,015

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

84


Table of Contents

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and transaction fees

 

 

 

$

232,255

 

 

$

136,405

 

 

$

85,951

 

Interest on funds held for customers

 

 

 

 

6,010

 

 

 

21,195

 

 

 

22,400

 

Total revenue

 

 

 

 

238,265

 

 

 

157,600

 

 

 

108,351

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

61,806

 

 

 

39,144

 

 

 

29,918

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

176,459

 

 

 

118,456

 

 

 

78,433

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

 

 

90,235

 

 

 

53,405

 

 

 

28,924

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

 

71,374

 

 

 

45,356

 

 

 

30,114

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

128,817

 

 

 

53,893

 

 

 

29,198

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

290,426

 

 

 

152,654

 

 

 

88,236

 

Loss from operations

 

 

 

 

(113,967

)

 

 

(34,198

)

 

 

(9,803

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

 

 

(25,370

)

 

 

3,160

 

 

 

2,333

 

Loss before (benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

(139,337

)

 

 

(31,038

)

 

 

(7,470

)

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

(40,617

)

 

 

53

 

 

 

(156

)

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(98,720

)

 

$

(31,091

)

 

$

(7,314

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

 

$

(1.19

)

 

$

(0.70

)

 

$

(0.94

)

Weighted-average number of common shares used to

   compute net loss per share attributable to

   common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

82,813

 

 

 

44,106

 

 

 

7,797

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

85


Table of Contents

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net loss

 

 

 

$

(98,720

)

 

$

(31,091

)

 

$

(7,314

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on investments in

   available-for-sale securities, before tax

 

 

 

 

(2,520

)

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

679

 

Income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(176

)

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

$

(101,240

)

 

$

(28,997

)

 

$

(6,811

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

86


Table of Contents

 

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Redeemable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

convertible

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

preferred stock

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

paid-in

 

 

comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

capital

 

 

(loss) income

 

 

deficit

 

 

(deficit) equity

 

Balance at June 30, 2018

 

 

47,131

 

 

$

191,147

 

 

 

 

7,345

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

8,614

 

 

$

(177

)

 

$

(110,342

)

 

$

(101,904

)

Issuance of Series H redeemable

   convertible preferred stock, net of

   issuance costs

 

 

5,304

 

 

 

85,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon

   exercise of stock options and vesting

   of early-exercised stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,702

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,082

 

Issuance of stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

274

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

503

 

 

 

 

 

 

503

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,314

)

 

 

(7,314

)

Balance at June 30, 2019

 

 

52,435

 

 

 

276,307

 

 

 

 

8,154

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

14,672

 

 

 

326

 

 

 

(117,656

)

 

 

(102,657

)

Conversion of redeemable convertible

   preferred stock to common stock

   upon initial public offering

 

 

(52,435

)

 

 

(276,307

)

 

 

 

52,435

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

276,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

276,307

 

Reclassification of redeemable

   convertible preferred stock

   warrant liabilities to additional

   paid-in capital upon initial public offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,405

 

Issuance of common stock upon

   initial public offering, net of

   underwriting discounts and

   commissions and other offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

225,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

225,481

 

Issuance of common stock upon

   follow-on public offering, net of

   underwriting discounts and

   commissions and other offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

307,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

307,512

 

Issuance of common stock upon

   exercise of stock options and

   release of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,460

 

Issuance of common stock upon

   exercise of stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

144

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,064

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,094

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,091

)

 

 

(31,091

)

Balance at June 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,635

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

857,044

 

 

 

2,420

 

 

 

(148,747

)

 

 

710,719

 

Issuance of common stock as

   consideration for an acquisition,

   net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,603,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,603,031

 

Fair value of replacement awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,275

 

Equity component of 2025 Notes,

   net of issuance costs and taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

245,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

245,066

 

Purchase of capped calls

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87,860

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87,860

)

Issuance of common stock upon

   exercise of stock options and

   release of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,981

 

Issuance of common stock under the

   employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

446

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,864

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,754

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,520

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,520

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(98,720

)

 

 

(98,720

)

Balance at June 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

94,504

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

2,777,155

 

 

$

(100

)

 

$

(247,467

)

 

$

2,529,590

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

87


Table of Contents

 

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited, in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(98,720

)

 

$

(31,091

)

 

$

(7,314

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,350

 

 

 

4,257

 

 

 

3,154

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

68,290

 

 

 

18,064

 

 

 

4,082

 

Amortization of debt discount (accretion of debt premium) and issuance costs

 

 

27,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

5,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of premium (accretion of discount) on investments in marketable debt securities

 

 

4,692

 

 

 

(3,815

)

 

 

(1,319

)

Non-cash operating lease expense

 

 

3,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for losses on acquired card receivables

 

 

741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(40,617

)

 

 

 

 

 

(176

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

717

 

 

 

299

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(6,535

)

 

 

(1,054

)

 

 

(2,098

)

Unbilled revenue

 

 

(1,569

)

 

 

(554

)

 

 

(1,748

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

2,275

 

 

 

(10,434

)

 

 

(5,690

)

Other assets

 

 

(12,525

)

 

 

(4,928

)

 

 

(995

)

Accounts payable

 

 

7,417

 

 

 

(1,596

)

 

 

3,171

 

Other accruals and current liabilities

 

 

22,980

 

 

 

9,755

 

 

 

4,336

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

8,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

592

 

 

 

12,991

 

 

 

302

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

6,854

 

 

 

3,258

 

 

 

47

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

4,623

 

 

 

(4,430

)

 

 

(3,949

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition, net of acquired cash

 

 

(556,090

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of corporate and customer fund short-term investments

 

 

(2,070,296

)

 

 

(1,088,611

)

 

 

(830,622

)

Proceeds from maturities of corporate and customer fund short-term investments

 

 

1,104,532

 

 

 

806,000

 

 

 

694,303

 

Proceeds from sale of corporate and customer fund short-term investments

 

 

142,665

 

 

 

46,159

 

 

 

54,715

 

Increase in other receivables included in funds held for customers

 

 

(10,792

)

 

 

(959

)

 

 

(10,203

)

Increase in acquired card receivables

 

 

(15,703

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(18,902

)

 

 

(11,437

)

 

 

(2,743

)

Capitalization of internal-use software costs

 

 

(2,304

)

 

 

(639

)

 

 

(1,556

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,426,890

)

 

 

(249,487

)

 

 

(96,106

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of discount and issuance costs

 

 

1,129,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of capped calls

 

 

(87,860

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon initial public offering,

   net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

225,481

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon follow-on public offering, net of

   underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

308,176

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,160

 

Increase in customer fund deposits liability

 

 

564,348

 

 

 

314,944

 

 

 

414,293

 

Proceeds from line of credit borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

2,300

 

 

 

 

Payments on line of credit and bank borrowings

 

 

(2,300

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,500

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

28,209

 

 

 

12,232

 

 

 

1,702

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan

 

 

8,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

(1,057

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,639,583

 

 

 

863,126

 

 

 

491,655

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents

 

 

217,316

 

 

 

609,209

 

 

 

391,600

 

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

1,592,377

 

 

 

983,168

 

 

 

591,568

 

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

1,809,693

 

 

$

1,592,377

 

 

$

983,168

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash

   equivalents within the consolidated balance sheets to the amounts shown

   in the consolidated statements of cash flows above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

509,615

 

 

$

573,643

 

 

$

90,306

 

Restricted cash included in other current assets

 

 

10,977

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

256

 

Restricted cash included in other long-term assets

 

 

6,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents included in funds held for customers

 

 

1,282,226

 

 

 

1,018,699

 

 

 

892,056

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

1,809,693

 

 

$

1,592,377

 

 

$

983,168

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

112

 

 

$

174

 

 

$

872

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of shares issued as consideration for acquisition

 

$

1,603,543

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Fair value of stock-based awards assumed in acquisition

 

$

55,275

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Payable on purchases of property and equipment

 

$

664

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock upon initial public offering

 

$

 

 

$

276,307

 

 

$

 

Reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

   into additional paid-in capital upon initial public offering

 

$

 

 

$

1,405

 

 

$

 

Receivable from broker-assisted exercises of stock options

 

$

 

 

$

1,228

 

 

$

 

Accrued stock and debt issuance costs

 

$

120

 

 

$

664

 

 

$

470

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

88


Table of Contents

 

 

BILL.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Bill.com, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2006. In November 2018, Bill.com, Inc. consummated a reorganization with Bill.com Holdings, Inc., which resulted in the latter becoming the parent entity of Bill.com, Inc. Bill.com, Inc. was subsequently converted into a limited liability company and renamed Bill.com, LLC.  Bill.com Holdings, Inc., which was incorporated in the State of Delaware in August 2018, and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Company.”

The Company is a provider of software-as-a-service, cloud-based payments and spend management products, which allow users to automate accounts payable and accounts receivable transactions, enable users to easily connect with their suppliers and/or customers to do business, eliminate expense reports, manage cash flows and improve back office efficiency.

Initial Public Offering and Follow-on Offering

On December 16, 2019, the Company closed its initial public offering (IPO), in which it issued 11,297,058 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share, which included 1,473,529 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option by the underwriters. The Company received $225.5 million in net proceeds from the IPO, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $17.4 million and other offering costs of $5.6 million. Upon the completion of the IPO, all shares of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock were converted into 52,434,505 shares of common stock. Additionally, the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were converted into common stock warrants and the associated redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities were re-measured to its fair value of $1.4 million and reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

On June 15, 2020, the Company closed a follow-on public offering in which it issued 4,330,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $74.25 per share, which included 1,080,000 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option by the underwriters. The Company received $307.5 million in net proceeds from the follow-on public offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $12.9 million and other offering costs of $1.1 million.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates as one operating segment because its chief operating decision maker, who is the Chief Executive Officer, reviews its financial information on a consolidated basis for purposes of making decisions regarding allocating resources and assessing performance. All long-lived assets are located in the U.S. and all revenue is generated in the U.S.

Business Combination

The Company accounts for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, allocation of the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the values of the identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill.

89


Table of Contents

 

The determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed involves assessments of factors such as the expected future cash flows associated with individual assets and liabilities and appropriate discount rates at the date of the acquisition. Significant management inputs used in the estimation of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, future changes in technology, estimated replacement costs, discount rates and assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in the Company’s product portfolio. Where appropriate, external advisers are consulted to assist in the determination of fair value. For non-observable market values, fair value has been determined using acceptable valuation methods (e.g., relief from royalty methods). The results of operations for businesses acquired are included in the financial statements from the acquisition date. Acquisition related expenses and post-acquisition integration costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred. During the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, the Company may record adjustments to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including an indemnification asset related to certain assumed liabilities, net lease liabilities, uncertain tax positions, tax-related valuation allowances and pre-acquisition contingencies with a corresponding offset to goodwill. The Company continues to collect information and reevaluates these estimates and assumptions quarterly and records any adjustments to the Company’s preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that the Company is within the measurement period. After the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make various estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Management regularly assesses these estimates, including useful lives of long-lived assets, capitalization of internal-use software costs, incremental borrowing rates for right-of-use operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities, the estimate of credit losses on accounts receivable, acquired card receivables and other financial assets, accrual for rewards, fair value of convertible notes, the attribution method used to recognize revenue on annual contracts, variable consideration used in revenue recognition for certain financial institutions, benefit periods used to amortize deferred commissions, reserve for losses on funds held for customers, and income tax. The Company evaluates these estimates and assumptions and adjusts them accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Funds held for customers and customer fund deposits

Funds held for customers and the corresponding liability on customer fund deposits represent funds that are collected from customers for payments to their suppliers and funds that are collected on behalf of customers. Generally, these funds held for customers are initially deposited in separate bank accounts until remitted to the customers’ suppliers or to the customers. The funds held for customers are restricted for the purpose of satisfying the customers’ fund obligations and are not available for general business use by the Company. The Company partially invests funds held for customers in highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less and in marketable debt securities with maturities of more than three months up to thirteen months at the time of purchase. Funds held for customers that are invested in marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale. These investments are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income on the consolidated balance sheets and as a component of the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company contractually earns interest on funds held for customers with associated counterparties.

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase, and securities purchased under overnight reverse repurchase agreements.

Restricted cash consists of (i) amounts restricted under deposit control agreements, (ii) cash collateral required by the Company’s lessors to satisfy letter of credit requirements under its lease agreements, (iii) cash collateral required by a bank in connection with the Company’s money transmission activities, and (iv) cash in bank deposits included in funds held for customers.

Restricted cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase that are included in funds held for customers.

Except for the restricted cash included in funds held for customers, the current and non-current portion of the restricted cash is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and in other assets, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

90


Table of Contents

 

Short–term investments

The Company invests excess cash in marketable debt securities with maturities of more than three months. These securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. The Company determines the appropriate classification of investments in marketable debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. After consideration of risk versus reward attributes and liquidity requirements, the Company may sell these debt securities prior to their stated maturities. As the Company views these securities as available to support current operations, the Company classifies highly liquid securities with maturities beyond 12 months as current assets. Unrealized gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated balance sheets and as a component of the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. An impairment loss is recognized when the decline in fair value of the marketable debt securities is determined to be other than temporary. The Company periodically evaluates its investments to determine if impairment charges are required. The Company determined that there was no other-than-temporary impairment on short-term investments during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, restricted cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, acquired card receivables, card receivables held for sale, and deposits of cash with a bank (collectively referred to as Financial Assets). The Company maintains its cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, restricted cash equivalents, and short-term investments with major financial institutions that may at times exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that these financial institutions are financially sound with minimal credit risk. The Company has not experienced any significant credit losses relating to its Financial Assets.

The Company performs credit evaluations to verify the credit quality of its financial assets and determine any at-risk receivables. An allowance for potential credit losses on Financial Assets and customer accounts is recognized, if material. As of June 30, 2021, the allowance for potential credit losses related to accounts receivable and acquired card receivables totaled $1.9 million.

There were no customers that exceeded 10% of the Company’s total revenue during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Accounts receivable and unbilled revenue

Accounts receivable, which consist primarily of fees from customers, including accounting firm and financial institution customers, are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of an allowance for credit losses. Unbilled revenue is recorded based on amounts that the Company expects to invoice to customers in the subsequent period. The allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable and unbilled revenue is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of the receivables. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses by considering the age of each outstanding invoice and the collection history of each customer to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for credit losses when identified. For all periods presented, the allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable and unbilled revenue was not significant.

Acquired card receivables

The portfolios of acquired card receivables are commercial accounts diversified across various geographies and industries. The Company manages credit risk based on common risk characteristics including macroeconomic factors such as unemployment rates and financial condition of the users of the spend management application.

Acquired card receivables are reported at their principal amounts and include uncollected fees outstanding net of allowance for credit losses. Acquired card receivables are deemed to be held for investment when management has the intent and ability to hold them for the foreseeable future.

As part of the onboarding process, users of the Company’s free spend management application are provided with a credit limit subject to a credit policy and underwriting process which is periodically re-performed based on risk indicators and the size of the credit limit.

Acquired card receivables represent amounts due on card transactions integrated with the spend management application. The Company is contractually obligated to purchase all card receivables from U.S. based card issuing banks (Issuing Banks) including authorized transactions that have not cleared at the Issuing Banks. Acquired card receivables

91


Table of Contents

 

are recorded at the time a transaction clears the Issuing Banks and generally payment for the card receivables is made on the day the transaction clears the Issuing Banks.

The acquired card receivables portfolio consists of a large group of smaller balances from spending businesses across a wide range of industries. The allowance for credit losses reflects the Company’s estimate of uncollectible balances resulting from credit and fraud losses and is based on the determination of the amount of expected losses inherent in the acquired card receivable as of the reporting date. An estimate of lifetime expected credit losses is performed by incorporating historical loss experience, as well as current and future economic conditions over a reasonable and supportable period beyond the balance sheet date. In estimating expected credit losses, the Company uses models that entail a significant amount of judgment. The primary areas of judgment used in measuring the quantitative components of the Company’s reserves relate to the attributes used to segment the portfolio, the determination of the historical loss experience look-back period, and the weighting of historical loss experience by monthly cohort. The Company uses these models and assumptions to determine the reserve rates applicable to the outstanding acquired card receivable balances to estimate reserves for expected credit losses. Based on historical loss experience, the probability of default decreases over time, therefore the attribute used to segment the portfolio is the length of time since an account’s credit limit origination. The Company’s models use past loss experience to estimate the probability of default and exposure at default by aged balances. The Company also estimates the likelihood and magnitude of recovery of previously written off loans based on historical recovery experience. Additionally, management evaluates whether to include qualitative reserves to cover losses that are expected but may not be adequately represented in the quantitative methods or the economic assumptions. The qualitative reserves address possible limitations within the models or factors not included within the models, such as external conditions, changes in underwriting strategies, the nature and volume of the portfolio, and the volume and severity of past due accounts. In general, acquired card receivables are written off after substantially the entire balance becomes 120 days delinquent. Assumptions regarding expected losses are reviewed periodically and may be impacted by actual performance of the acquired card receivables and changes in any of the factors discussed above. As of June 30, 2021, the allowance for potential credit losses totaled $1.7 million.

Derivative Instruments

The Company retains a beneficial interest derivative in the form of a deferred purchase price on card receivables sold. This derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument, and is initially recorded at fair value, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded through other gains and losses. The Company does not use derivative instruments for speculative or trading purposes. The beneficial interest derivative is a residual interest in collections on card receivables sold, and serves to align the economic interests of the Company as servicer with those of the Purchasing Bank.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally one to three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquisition over the net fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill amounts are not amortized.

Intangible Assets

The Company generally recognizes assets for customer relationships, developed technology, and finite-lived trade names from an acquisition. Finite-lived intangible assets are carried at acquisition cost less accumulated amortization. Such amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally from 3 to 8 years. Amortization for developed technology is recognized in cost of revenue. Amortization for customer relationships and trade names is recognized in sales and marketing expenses.

Impairment

92


Table of Contents

 

The valuation of goodwill at the reporting unit level is reviewed annually during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if facts or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company has one reporting unit; therefore, all of its goodwill is associated with the entire company. Management has the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying amount, including goodwill. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying amount, a quantitative assessment is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative assessment.

The Company reviews the valuation of long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of long-lived assets or asset groups is calculated based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Impairment testing is performed at the asset group level.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, by evaluating whether there is an identified asset and whether the Company controls the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. The Company determines the classification of the lease, whether operating or financing, at the lease commencement date, which is the date the leased assets are made available for use.

The Company uses the non-cancelable lease term when recognizing the right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities, unless it is reasonably certain that a renewal or termination option will be exercised. The Company accounts for lease components and non-lease components as a single lease component. Modifications are assessed to determine whether incremental differences result in new contract terms and accounted for as a new lease or whether the additional right of use should be included in the original lease and continue to be accounted with the remaining ROU asset.

Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. Lease payments consist of the fixed payments under the arrangement, less any lease incentives. Variable costs, such as common area maintenance costs, are not included in the measurement of the ROU assets and lease liabilities, but are expensed as incurred. As the implicit rate of the leases is not determinable, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of the lease payments. Lease expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company does not recognize ROU assets on lease arrangements with a term of 12 months or less.  Lease expense for such arrangements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Accrued Rewards

Spending businesses participate in rewards programs based on card transactions. The Company records a rewards liability that represents the estimated cost for earned rewards. Rewards liabilities are impacted over time by redemption costs and by spending businesses meeting eligibility requirements. Changes in the rewards liabilities during the period are recognized as an increase or decrease to sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The accrued rewards liability was $19.2 million as of June 30, 2021 and is included in other accruals and current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The rewards expense, which is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $4.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2021.

Convertible Senior Notes

The Company accounts for its convertible senior notes (Notes) by separating the principal amount into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component is calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component, which represents the conversion option, is determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the Notes as a whole. The difference between the principal amount of the Notes and the liability component is initially

93


Table of Contents

 

recorded as a debt discount and is amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Notes. The equity component of the Notes, which is included in additional paid-in capital, will not be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.

The debt issuance costs are allocated between the liability and equity components based on the respective values of the liability and equity components. The debt issuance costs allocated to the liability component are being amortized as interest expense over the term of the Notes using the effective interest method. The debt issuance costs allocated to the equity component are presented as a reduction of additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Revenue recognition

Arrangements with SMBs and Accounting Firms

The Company enters into contracts with SMB and accounting firm customers to provide access to the functionality of the Company’s cloud-based payments platform to process transactions. These contracts are either monthly contracts paid in arrears or annual arrangements paid up front. The Company charges its SMB and accounting firm customers subscription fees for access to its platform based on the number of users and level of service. The Company also charges these customers transaction fees based on transaction volume and the category of transaction. The contractual price for subscription and transaction services is based on either negotiated fees or the rates published on the Company’s website. 

The Company accounts for its annual and monthly contracts as a series of distinct services that are satisfied over time. The Company determines the transaction price for such contracts by estimating the total consideration to be received over the contract term from subscription and transaction fees. The Company recognizes the transaction price as a single performance obligation based on the proportion of transactions processed to the total estimated transactions to be processed over the contract period.  Revenues recognized exclude amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as sales taxes collected and remitted to governmental authorities.

Arrangements with Financial Institutions 

The Company enters into multi-year contracts with financial institution customers to provide access to the Company’s cloud-based payments platform to process transactions.  These contracts typically include fees for initial implementation services that are paid during the period the implementation services are provided as well as fees for subscription and transaction processing services, which are subject to guaranteed monthly minimum fees that are paid monthly over the contract term. These contracts enable the financial institutions to provide their customers with access to online bill pay services through the financial institutions’ online platforms. Implementation services are required up-front to establish an infrastructure that allows the financial institutions’ online platforms to communicate with the Company’s online platform. A financial institution’s customers cannot access online bill pay services until implementation is complete.

Initial implementation services and transaction processing services are not capable of being distinct from the subscription for online bill pay services and are combined into a single performance obligation. The total consideration in these contracts varies based on the number of users and transactions to be processed. The Company has determined it meets the variable consideration allocation exception and therefore recognizes guaranteed monthly payments and any overages as revenue in the month they are earned. Implementation fees are recognized based on the proportion of transactions processed to the total estimated transactions to be processed over the contract period. The ability of the financial institution customers to renew their contracts without having to pay up-front implementation fees again could provide them a material right. Material rights, which have not been significant to date, are treated as separate performance obligations and are recognized over the expected period of benefit. For such arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price.

94


Table of Contents

 

Interest on Funds Held for Customers

The Company also earns revenue from interest earned on funds held for customers that are initially deposited into the Company’s bank accounts that are separate from the Company’s operating cash accounts until remitted to the customers or their suppliers. The Company partially invests funds held for customers in highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less and in marketable debt securities with maturities of three months to one year at the time of purchase. Interest and fees earned are recognized based on the effective interest method and also include the accretion of discounts and the amortization of premiums on marketable debt securities.

Deferred revenue

Subscription and transaction fees from customers for which the Company has annual or multi-year contracts are generally billed in advance. These fees are initially recorded as deferred revenue and subsequently recognized as revenue as the performance obligation is satisfied.

Deferred costs

Deferred costs consist of (i) deferred sales commissions that are incremental costs of obtaining customer contracts and (ii) deferred service costs, primarily direct payroll costs, for implementation services provided to customers prior to the launching of the Company’s products for general availability (go-live) to customers. Sales commissions paid on renewals are not material and not commensurate with sales commissions paid on the initial contract. Deferred sales commissions are amortized ratably over four to ten years, taking into consideration the initial contract term and expected renewal periods. Deferred service costs are amortized ratably over the estimated benefit period of the capitalized costs starting on the go-live date of the service.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation expenses, for the Company’s customer success and payment operations teams, certain costs that are directly attributed to processing customers’ transactions (such as the cost of printing checks, postage for mailing checks, and expenses for processing payments), direct and amortized costs for implementing and integrating the Company’s platform into the customers’ systems, costs for maintaining, optimizing, and securing the Company’s cloud payments infrastructure, amortization of capitalized internal-use software, amortization of developed technology, fees on the investment of customer funds, and allocation of overhead costs.

Research and development

Costs incurred in research and development, excluding development costs eligible for capitalization as internal-use software, are expensed as incurred.

Stock-based compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation for stock options and purchase rights issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) at fair value on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company measures stock-based compensation for restricted stock units (RSUs) based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of four years for stock options and RSUs, and the offering period of one year for purchase rights under the ESPP. Stock compensation costs are reduced by the estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company estimates the forfeiture rate based on its historical experience for annual grant years where the majority of the vesting terms have been satisfied.

95


Table of Contents

 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

Expected term The expected term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for option grants is determined using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the stock-based awards.

Expected volatility Prior to the Company’s IPO, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty. For grants made after the Company’s IPO, the expected volatility was estimated based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock.

Risk-free interest rate The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.  

Expected dividend yield The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Advertising

The Company expenses the costs of advertising, including promotional expenses, as incurred. Advertising expenses during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $8.5 million, $5.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss (NOL) and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. The Company classifies any liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as current to the extent that the Company anticipates payment (or receipt) of cash within one year. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized in the provision for income taxes.

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented since the effect of potentially dilutive securities is anti-dilutive given the net loss of the Company.

96


Table of Contents

 

New accounting pronouncements:

Adopted

On July 1, 2020, the Company early adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The new standard establishes an ROU model that requires a lessee to recognize an ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with a term longer than 12 months. Leases are classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the income statement. The Company elected to early adopt this ASU following the alternative transition method. Under this method, the Company is not required to restate or disclose the effects of applying Topic 842 for comparative periods. Upon adoption of this ASU, the Company has elected to apply the package of all three practical expedients of not reassessing the following: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are, or contain, leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. In addition, the Company elected to apply the following policies: (i) lease arrangements with a term of 12 months or less will be recognized on the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term and (ii) nonlease components shall not be separated from the lease components, but instead accounted for as a single lease component. The adoption of this ASU resulted in the recognition of operating lease ROU assets of $44.2 million and operating lease liabilities of $49.7 million, and the derecognition of the deferred rent and lease incentive liabilities of $13.7 million, on the consolidated balance sheet on July 1, 2020. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows.

On July 1, 2020, the Company early adopted FASB ASU 2019-08, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Codification Improvements—Share-Based Consideration Payable to a Customer, which requires share-based payment awards granted to a customer to be measured and classified in accordance with Topic 718. Accordingly, the amount that will be recorded as a reduction in the transaction price should be based on the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment award. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On July 1, 2020, the Company early adopted FASB ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which requires implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to be capitalized and amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement. This ASU was adopted on a prospective basis and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On July 1, 2020, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. ASU 2018-13 removes, modifies, and adds certain disclosure requirements under Topic 820, such as the removal of disclosure of valuation process for Level 3 fair value measurements and removal of disclosure of changes in unrealized gains and losses for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements. The Company adopted this ASU with the applicable required disclosures shown in Note 4 below.

On July 1, 2020, the Company early adopted FASB ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. This ASU requires an entity to measure equity-classified nonemployee share-based payment awards at the grant date similar to the grant date measurement for equity awards to employees under Topic 718. The Company had an outstanding and unvested equity-classified share-based payment award to a nonemployee as of July 1, 2020. Upon adoption of this ASU, the Company re-measured the fair value of such award and expects to recognize the stock-based compensation cost for such award totaling $1.8 million over the remaining requisite service period in accordance with Topic 718.

 

On July 1, 2020, the Company early adopted FASB ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires that credit losses on financial assets, such as trade and other receivables and available-for-sale debt securities, be recognized as allowance for losses. Credit losses on trade and other receivables will reflect the current estimate of the expected credit losses that generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. Credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses will be recognized as allowances for credit losses limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost.  Other than its impact to the acquired card receivables (see Note 7), the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact with

97


Table of Contents

 

respect to the Company’s estimation of credit losses related to trade receivables other financial assets, and available-for-sale debt securities.

Not Yet Adopted

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing certain separation models in Subtopic 470-20, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options for convertible instruments. Under this ASU, the embedded conversion features will no longer be separated from the host contract for convertible instruments with conversion features that are not required to be accounted for as derivatives under Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or that do not result in substantial premiums accounted for as paid-in capital. Consequently, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability measured at its amortized cost and a convertible preferred stock will be accounted for as a single equity instrument measured at its historical cost, as long as no other features require bifurcation and recognition as derivatives. In addition, this ASU amends the requirement for calculating diluted earnings per share for convertible instruments by using the “if-converted” method instead of the treasury stock method. This ASU is effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years, using either a modified retrospective method or a full retrospective method of transition. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company intends to adopt this ASU beginning July 1, 2021. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this ASU and expects that the impact will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements due to the removal of the equity component of the debt and the associated impact of such adjustment to the accretion of debt discount, which will result in a decrease in interest expense and net loss.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. In response to concerns about structural risks of the cessation of LIBOR, the amendments in this ASU provide optional guidance for a limited time to ease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. The amendments in this ASU provide optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments in this ASU apply only to contracts and hedging relationships that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform. The expedients and exceptions provided by the amendments do not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022. The amendments in this ASU are elective and are effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard will have on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

NOTE 2 – Revenue, Performance Obligations, Deferred Revenue and Deferred Costs

The Company generates revenue from two primary sources: (1) subscription and transaction fees and (2) interest on funds held for customers. The Company’s customers include small and midsize businesses (SMBs), accounting firms and financial institutions. The Company’s subscription and transaction fees are disaggregated by customer category and consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Small-to-midsize business and accounting firm

   customers

 

 

 

$

218,227

 

 

$

126,035

 

 

$

76,292

 

Financial institution customers

 

 

 

 

14,028

 

 

 

10,370

 

 

 

9,659

 

Total subscription and transaction fees

 

 

 

$

232,255

 

 

$

136,405

 

 

$

85,951

 

 

Remaining performance obligations with financial institutions

As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate amount of transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) was $145.9 million. Of this amount, the Company expects to recognize approximately $28.1 million, or 19%, within one year. The timing of revenue recognition within the next year is largely dependent upon the go-live dates of the Company’s contracts with its financial institution customers, which are inherently uncertain. Once the services for the Company’s significant contracts have launched, the Company expects the amount of revenue to be recognized for the remaining transaction price will be materially consistent over the next two to five years.

98


Table of Contents

 

 

Deferred revenue

Fees from customers with which the Company has annual or multi-year contracts are generally billed in advance. These fees are initially recorded as deferred revenue and subsequently recognized as revenue as the performance obligation is satisfied. Deferred revenue is shown as current or non-current in the consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Company recognized $6.3 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of June 30, 2020.

Deferred costs

Deferred costs consisted of the following as of the dates presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred sales commissions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

4,169

 

 

$

2,829

 

Non-current

 

 

6,542

 

 

 

5,613

 

Total deferred sales commissions

 

$

10,711

 

 

$

8,442

 

Deferred service costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

1,539

 

 

$

618

 

Non-current

 

 

15,260

 

 

 

4,474

 

Total deferred service costs

 

$

16,799

 

 

$

5,092

 

 

The current portion of deferred costs is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and the non-current portion is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The amortization of deferred sales commissions was $3.6 million, $2.3 million and $1.4 million during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The amortization of deferred service costs was $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $1.1 million during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 3 – BUSINESS COMBINATION

On June 1, 2021 (acquisition date), the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of DivvyPay, Inc. (Divvy). The results of Divvy’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. Divvy offers a cloud-based spend management application and smart corporate cards to SMBs in the U.S. The acquisition of Divvy will enhance the Company’s ability to provide an expanded solution to enable SMBs to manage accounts payable, corporate card spend, and accounts receivable all in one place. Additionally, the acquisition will expand the market opportunity for the Company by offering a spend management application combined with smart corporate cards to its existing customers and network members.

The acquisition purchase consideration totaled $2.3 billion, which consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Equity consideration (1)

 

 

$

1,658,818

 

Cash

 

 

 

664,779

 

Total

 

 

$

2,323,597

 

 

 

(1)

This includes 10,767,140 shares of the Company’s common stock issued with a fair value based upon the opening market price on the acquisition date. This also includes the stock options assumed to replace stock options that were granted after May 1, 2019 under Divvy’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (Divvy 2016 Plan) and were outstanding on the acquisition date. The fair value of these stock options was $55.3 million, which was the amount attributable to the pre-combination requisite service period. See Note 11 for additional details about the share-based compensation arrangements.

Following a business combination, the Company has a period of not more than 12 months from the acquisition date to finalize the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including valuations of identifiable intangible assets and indemnification asset related to certain assumed liabilities at the acquisition date.

99


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Cash

 

$

108,689

 

Acquired card receivables

 

 

159,784

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

7,435

 

Card receivables held for sale

 

 

12,730

 

Property and equipment

 

 

15,805

 

Intangible assets

 

 

423,000

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

57,669

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

 

785,112

 

Accounts payable and other liabilities

 

 

(153,855

)

Outstanding borrowings from credit facilities

 

 

(79,703

)

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

(233,558

)

Net identifiable assets acquired

 

 

551,554

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,772,043

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

2,323,597

 

 

The preliminary fair values allocated to the identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

 

Preliminary

fair value

 

 

Weighted average

useful life

(In years)

 

Customer relationships

 

$

198,000

 

 

 

10.0

 

Developed technology

 

 

191,000

 

 

 

6.0

 

Trade name

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

3.0

 

Total

 

$

423,000

 

 

 

7.6

 

 

Customer relationships were measured at fair value using the multiple-period excess earnings method under the income approach. Significant inputs used to measure the fair value include an estimate of projected revenue and costs associated with existing customers, and a discount rate of 16.0%.

Developed technology was measured at fair value using the relief-from-royalty method of the income approach. Significant inputs used to measure the fair value include an estimate of projected revenue from existing technology, a pre-tax royalty rate of 15.0% and a discount rate of 16.0%.

Trade name was measured at fair value using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach. Significant inputs used to measure the fair value include an estimate of projected revenue from the trade name, a pre-tax royalty rate of 1.0% and a discount rate of 16.0%.

The $1.8 billion goodwill is attributable primarily to the expected synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of both entities, and intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce acquired through the acquisition. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As of June 30, 2021, there were no changes in the recognized amounts of goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Divvy.

As of the acquisition date, the fair value of card receivables held for sale, which approximates the gross contractual amount, was $12.7 million. These receivables were substantially settled as of June 30, 2021.

Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, the Company recognized an indemnification asset of $20.4 million related to certain assumed liabilities at the acquisition date. The indemnification asset was measured and recognized on the same basis and at the same time as the indemnified liabilities.

The Company recognized $15.5 million of acquisition-related costs that were expensed in the current period. These costs are shown as part of general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of

100


Table of Contents

 

operations. The Company also recognized $0.5 million in costs associated with the issuance and registration of the shares issued as consideration in the acquisition of Divvy. Those costs were reported as a reduction of additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity.

The amounts of Divvy’s total revenues and net loss that were included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the acquisition date through June 30, 2021 were $10.3 million and $11.4 million, respectively.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the actual results of operations of the combined entities that would have been achieved, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma information reflects certain adjustments that were directly attributable to the acquisition of Divvy, including additional depreciation and amortization adjustments for the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The pro forma net loss for the year ended June 30, 2021 was adjusted to exclude nonrecurring acquisition-related costs of $2.3 million. The pro forma net loss for the year ended June 30, 2020 was adjusted to include nonrecurring acquisition-related costs of $75.3 million. Below is the unaudited pro forma financial information of the combined results of operations of the Company and Divvy as if the acquisition occurred on July 1, 2019 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Total revenue

 

$

307,618

 

 

$

192,770

 

Net loss

 

$

(223,470

)

 

$

(206,166

)

 

101


Table of Contents

 

 

NOTE 4 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Company measures and reports its cash equivalents, short-term investments, funds held for customers that are invested in money market funds and marketable debt securities, and beneficial interest derivative on card receivables sold at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

 

Level 1  –

Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2  –

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3  –

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity for the related assets or liabilities and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes quoted market prices, or valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible, and also considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

The following tables set forth the fair value of assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy as of the dates presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

365,550

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

365,550

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

15,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,499

 

 

 

 

365,550

 

 

 

15,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

381,049

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

466,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

466,459

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

155,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155,674

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

26,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,406

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

 

155,674

 

 

 

499,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

655,314

 

Funds held for customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash equivalents

 

 

6,887

 

 

 

79,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,322

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

516,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

516,350

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

326,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

326,927

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,957

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

25,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,085

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

3,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,009

 

 

 

 

9,896

 

 

 

990,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,650

 

Beneficial interest derivative on

   card receivables sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

2,252

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

531,120

 

 

$

1,505,893

 

 

$

2,252

 

 

$

2,039,265

 

102


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

20,075

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

20,075

 

 

 

 

20,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,075

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

71,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,131

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

28,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,368

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

24,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,475

 

 

 

 

28,368

 

 

 

95,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,974

 

Funds held for customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash equivalents

 

 

357,350

 

 

 

76,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

433,709

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

493,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

493,879

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

85,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,953

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

48,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,952

 

 

 

 

406,302

 

 

 

656,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,062,493

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

454,745

 

 

$

751,797

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,206,542

 

 

There were no transfers of financial instruments between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 during the periods presented.

The fair values of the Company’s Level 1 instruments were derived from quoted market prices and active markets for these specific instruments.

The valuation techniques used to measure the fair values of Level 2 instruments were derived from non-binding market consensus prices that were corroborated with observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, or pricing models.

The fair value of the beneficial interest derivative on card receivables sold is estimated using a discounted cash flow model, which uses Level 3 inputs. Significant input used includes a loss rate estimate of 2.6% as of June 30, 2021, which is based upon the expected rate of the transferred card receivables’ payment in default. The loss rate is calculated using historical trends and ages of the outstanding card receivable balances. Other inputs, such as discount rate and expected repayments, are generally considered but had no material impact in the estimation of fair value of the beneficial interest derivative as of June 30, 2021. A change in inputs used to a different amount could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

Immediately upon the completion of the Company’s IPO in December 2019, all warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to purchase shares of common stock. As a result, the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities, which was measured using Level 3 inputs, was reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The table below sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities (Level 3 financial liabilities) as of and for the year ended June 30, 2020 (in thousands):

 

Fair value, beginning of year

 

$

688

 

Change in fair value

 

 

717

 

Reclassification to additional paid-in capital

 

 

(1,405

)

Forfeiture of warrants

 

 

 

Fair value, end of year

 

$

 

 

The Company has $1.15 billion in aggregate principal amount of its 0% convertible senior notes due in 2025 (2025 Notes) outstanding as of June 30, 2021. The Company carries the 2025 Notes at par value, less the portion allocated to equity and the unamortized debt discount and issuance costs on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature, which represents a Level 2 non-recurring valuation estimate. The carrying amount of the equity component, which represents the conversion option, was determined by deducting the fair value of the

103


Table of Contents

 

liability component from the par value of notes as a whole. The estimated fair value of the 2025 Notes, which is presented for disclosure purposes only, was approximately $1.6 billion as of June 30, 2021. The fair value was based on a market approach, which represents a Level 2 valuation estimate. The market approach was determined based on the actual bids and offers of the 2025 Notes in an over-the-counter market as of the last day of trading prior to the end of the period.

 

NOTE 5 – SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

 

Amortized

cost

 

 

Gross

unrealized

gains

 

 

Gross

unrealized

losses

 

 

Fair value

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

466,403

 

 

$

111

 

 

$

(55

)

 

$

466,459

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

155,663

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

155,674

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

26,391

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

26,406

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,775

 

 

 

$

655,232

 

 

$

143

 

 

$

(61

)

 

$

655,314

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Amortized

cost

 

 

Gross

unrealized

gains

 

 

Gross

unrealized

losses

 

 

Fair value

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

70,781

 

 

$

360

 

 

$

(10

)

 

$

71,131

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

28,281

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

28,368

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

24,333

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,475

 

 

 

$

123,395

 

 

$

590

 

 

$

(11

)

 

$

123,974

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value amounts include accrued interest receivable of $2.5 million and $0.5 million at June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. See Note 4 for additional information about the fair value measurement of short-term investments.

As of June 30, 2021, the fair value of the Company’s short-term investments that mature within one year and thereafter was $495.8 million and $159.5 million, respectively, or 76% and 24%, respectively, of the Company’s total short-term investments. As of June 30, 2020, the fair value of the Company’s short-term investments that mature within one year and thereafter was $102.9 million and $21.1 million, respectively, or 83% and 17%, respectively, of the Company’s total short-term investments.

As of June 30, 2021, approximately 100 of the more than 300 investment positions were in an unrealized loss position. The following table presents the gross unrealized losses and fair values of those investments that were in an unrealized loss position as of the dates presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

Unrealized

losses

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

$

152,485

 

 

$

(55

)

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,466

 

 

 

(5

)

Asset backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,089

 

 

 

(1

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

246,040

 

 

$

(61

)

 

104


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

Unrealized

losses

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,258

 

 

$

(10

)

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,798

 

 

 

(1

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,056

 

 

$

(11

)

 

Most of the Company investments with unrealized losses had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. Investments with unrealized losses that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months have been insignificant. The Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity. Therefore, the Company does not consider those unrealized investment losses as other-than-temporary impairment of the investments. There have been no significant realized gains or losses on the short-term investments during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

The Company has not recorded an allowance for credit losses on investments that were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2021 because they were not significant.

 

NOTE 6 – FUNDS HELD FOR CUSTOMERS

Funds held for customers consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Restricted cash and other receivables

 

$

1,208,598

 

 

$

586,893

 

Restricted cash equivalents

 

 

86,322

 

 

 

433,709

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

516,350

 

 

 

493,879

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

326,927

 

 

 

85,953

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

42,957

 

 

 

 

Asset backed securities

 

 

25,085

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

3,009

 

 

 

48,952

 

Total funds held for customers

 

 

2,209,248

 

 

 

1,649,386

 

Less - income earned by the Company

   included in other current assets

 

 

(650

)

 

 

(5,136

)

Total funds held for customers, net

   of income earned by the Company

 

$

2,208,598

 

 

$

1,644,250

 

 

Income earned by the Company that is included in other current assets represents interest income, accretion of discount (offset by amortization of premium), and net unrealized gains on customer funds that were invested in money market funds and short-term marketable debt securities. Earnings from these investments are contractually earned by the Company and are expected to be transferred into the Company’s corporate deposit account upon sale or settlement of the associated investment.

105


Table of Contents

 

Below is a summary of the fair value of funds held for customers that were invested in short-term marketable debt securities (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

 

Amortized

cost

 

 

Gross

unrealized

gains

 

 

Gross

unrealized

losses

 

 

Fair value

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

516,364

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

(38

)

 

$

516,350

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

326,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

326,927

 

Municipal bonds

 

 

42,952

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,957

 

Asset backed securities

 

 

25,081

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,085

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

3,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

3,009

 

Total

 

$

914,334

 

 

$

33

 

 

$

(39

)

 

$

914,328

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Amortized

cost

 

 

Gross

unrealized

gains

 

 

Gross

unrealized

losses

 

 

Fair value

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

491,950

 

 

$

1,936

 

 

$

(7

)

 

$

493,879

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

85,841

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

85,953

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

48,949

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

48,952

 

Total

 

$

626,740

 

 

$

2,055

 

 

$

(11

)

 

$

628,784

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value amounts include accrued interest receivable of $1.9 million and $2.9 million at June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. See Note 4 for additional information about the fair value measurement of short-term investments.

As of June 30, 2021, approximately 97%, or $882.4 million, of the total funds held for customers invested in marketable debt securities mature within one year and approximately 3% or $31.9 million mature thereafter. As of June 30, 2020, 100% of the funds held for customers invested in short-term marketable debt securities matured within one year.

As of June 30, 2021, approximately 60 of the more than 260 investment positions were in an unrealized loss position. The following tables present the gross unrealized losses and fair values of those investments that were in an unrealized loss position as of the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

Unrealized

losses

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

79,359

 

 

$

(38

)

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

2,501

 

 

 

(1

)

Total

 

$

81,860

 

 

$

(39

)

 

 

 

June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

Unrealized

losses

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

31,785

 

 

$

(7

)

Certificates of deposit

 

 

20,006

 

 

 

(3

)

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

14,990

 

 

 

(1

)

Total

 

$

66,781

 

 

$

(11

)

 

Investments with unrealized losses have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. The Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity. Therefore, the Company does not consider those unrealized investment losses as other-than-temporary impairment of the investments. There have been no significant realized gains or losses on the short-term investments during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

106


Table of Contents

 

 

The Company has not recorded an allowance for credit losses on investments that were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2021 because they were not significant.

 

NOTE 7 – ACQUIRED CARD RECEIVABLES

 

Acquired Card Receivables - Acquired card receivables consisted of the following as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

Gross amount of acquired card receivables

 

$

148,833

 

Less: allowance for credit losses

 

 

(1,740

)

Total

 

$

147,093

 

 

Certain lines of credit and acquired card receivable balances are collateralized by cash deposits held by the Issuing Banks. Before an account is charged off, the Company obtains any available cash collateral from the Issuing Banks.

 

As of June 30, 2021, approximately $133.3 million of the acquired card receivable balance served as collateral for the Company’s borrowings from the 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement and the 2019 Credit Agreement (see Note 10).

Credit Quality Information

The Company regularly reviews collection experience, delinquencies, and net charge-offs in determining allowance for credit losses related to acquired card receivables. Historical collections rates have shown that days past due is the primary indicator of the likelihood of loss. The Company elected to use the delinquency trends or past due status of the acquired card receivables as the credit quality indicator. Acquired card receivables are considered past due if full payment is not received on the bill date or within a grace period, which is generally limited to five days. Below is a summary of the acquired card receivables by class (i.e., past due status) as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

Current and less than 30 days past due

 

$

145,993

 

30 ~ 59 days past due

 

 

1,188

 

60 ~ 89 days past due

 

 

580

 

90 ~ 119 days past due

 

 

713

 

Over 119 days past due

 

 

359

 

Total

 

$

148,833

 

 

The amount of outstanding balance of acquired card receivables that is (i) 90 days or more past due that continue to accrue fees and have an allowance for outstanding balance and fees, and (ii) classified as nonperforming was not significant as of June 30, 2021.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

Below is a summary of the change in allowance for credit losses (in thousands):

 

Balance as of June 1, 2021 (acquisition date)

 

$

 

Initial allowance for credit losses on purchased

   card receivables with credit deterioration

 

 

2,082

 

Provision for expected credit losses

 

 

462

 

Charge-off amounts

 

 

(828

)

Recoveries collected

 

 

24

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

 

$

1,740

 

 

The Company also incurred losses related to card transactions disputed by spending businesses. The amount was not significant during the year ended June 30, 2021.

107


Table of Contents

 

Purchased Financial Assets with Credit Deterioration

 

In connection with the acquisition of Divvy, the Company evaluated the acquired card receivable balances with credit deterioration as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, a financial asset acquired is considered a purchased credit deteriorated (PCD) asset if, as of the acquisition date, such financial asset has experienced a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. The Company used certain indicators, such as the past due status and charge-off status of the balances, in identifying and assessing whether the acquired card receivables are considered PCD assets.  

 

Below is a summary of the acquired card receivables that were considered PCD assets as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Purchase price

 

$

3,855

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

2,082

 

Less: discount attributable to other factors

 

 

(79

)

Par value

 

$

5,858

 

 

Card Receivables Held for Sale

 

The Company sells a portion of acquired card receivables to a Purchasing Bank at a discount. Card receivables held for sale, which are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value at the individual user account level, amounted to $2.6 million as of June 30, 2021 and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Card Receivables Sold and Related Servicing and Beneficial Interest Derivative Retained

 

The Company has an agreement with the Purchasing Bank to sell its acquired card receivables. The Company has continuing involvement under this agreement as servicer, and by retaining a beneficial interest derivative in the form of a deferred purchase price. The beneficial interest derivative represents the Company’s right to receive a portion of collections based on the performance of each cohort of card receivables sold to the Purchasing Bank. The fair value of the beneficial interest derivative was $2.3 million as of June 30, 2021, and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The servicing fee income was not significant during the year ended June 30, 2021. See Note 4 for additional information about the fair value measurement of the beneficial interest derivative.

 

The Company could experience losses on the beneficial interest derivative if the performance of the cohorts of card receivables sold to the Purchasing Bank is less than expected. The Company could also experience losses on card receivables sold if it were required to repurchase delinquent receivables due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with its sales of receivables.

 

Below is a summary of transferred card receivables by class (i.e., past due status) as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

Current and less than 30 days past due

 

$

28,687

 

30 ~ 59 days past due

 

 

240

 

60 ~ 89 days past due

 

 

165

 

90 ~ 119 days past due

 

 

301

 

Over 119 days past due

 

 

132

 

Total

 

$

29,525

 

108


Table of Contents

 

 

NOTE 8 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Software and equipment

 

$

17,508

 

 

$

11,262

 

Capitalized software

 

 

6,794

 

 

 

4,026

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

8,926

 

 

 

3,116

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

34,606

 

 

 

9,257

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

67,834

 

 

 

27,661

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(18,932

)

 

 

(13,795

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

48,902

 

 

$

13,866

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $5.4 million, $4.3 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 9 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The goodwill of $1.8 billion is primarily attributable to expected synergies from the acquisition and is not deductible for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following as of June 30, 2021 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Preliminary

fair value

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

Net Carrying

Amount

 

 

Weighted-

average

remaining

useful life

(in years)

Customer relationships

 

$

198,000

 

 

$

(2,062

)

 

$

195,938

 

 

9.9

Developed technology

 

 

191,000

 

 

 

(2,653

)

 

 

188,347

 

 

5.9

Trade name

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

(944

)

 

 

33,056

 

 

2.9

Total

 

$

423,000

 

 

$

(5,659

)

 

$

417,341

 

 

7.5

 

Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets was as follows during the year ended June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

2,653

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3,006

 

Total

 

$

5,659

 

As of June 30, 2021, future amortization of finite-lived intangible assets that will be recorded in cost of revenue and operating expenses is estimated as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal years ending June 30:

 

Amount

 

2022

 

$

62,552

 

2023

 

 

62,964

 

2024

 

 

62,036

 

2025

 

 

51,636

 

2026

 

 

51,636

 

Thereafter

 

 

126,517

 

Total

 

$

417,341

 

 

109


Table of Contents

 

 

NOTE 10 – DEBT AND BANK BORROWINGS

2025 Notes

On November 30, 2020, the Company issued $1.15 billion in aggregate principal amount of its 0% convertible senior notes due on December 1, 2025, in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 2025 Notes are subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (Trustee). The net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes were $1.13 billion, after deducting debt discount and debt issuance costs totaling $20.6 million.

The 2025 Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company, and will not accrue interest unless the Company determines that special interest obligations are deemed necessary as a remedy for failure to timely file any reports required to be filed with the SEC, certain trading restrictions, or failure to deliver reports to the Trustee. The 2025 Notes rank senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the 2025 Notes and rank equal in right of payment to any of the Company’s unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated. In addition, the 2025 Notes are subordinated to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness and to all indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

The 2025 Notes have an initial conversion rate of 6.2159 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $160.88 per share of the Company’s common stock and approximately 7.1 million shares issuable upon conversion. The conversion rate is subject to customary adjustments for certain events as described below. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of its common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at its election. The Company’s current intent is to settle conversions of the 2025 Notes through a combination settlement, which involves a repayment of the principal portion in cash with any excess of the conversion value over the principal amount settled in shares of common stock.

The Company may redeem for cash, all or any portion of the 2025 Notes, at the Company’s option, on or after December 5, 2023 if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on and including the trading day preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid special interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2025 Notes.

The holders of the 2025 Notes may convert their notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding September 1, 2025 in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, under the following circumstances:

 

during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2021, and only during such calendar quarter, if the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on and including the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;

 

 

during the five business day periods after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2025 Notes for each trading day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day;

 

 

if the Company calls such notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or

 

 

upon the occurrence of specified corporate events.

 

The conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events or if the Company’s Board of Directors determines it is in the best interest of the Company. Additionally, holders of the 2025 Notes that convert their notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change or during the redemption period, may be eligible to receive a make-whole premium through an increase of the conversion rate based on the estimated fair value of the 2025 Notes for the given date and stock price. The make-whole premium is designed to compensate the holder for lost “time-value” of the conversion option (i.e., the difference between the conversion option’s fair value and the intrinsic value). The maximum

110


Table of Contents

 

number of shares that may be issued under the make-whole premium is 2.9525 per $1,000 principal (the lowest price of $109.07 in the make whole).  

The Indenture contains customary events of default with respect to the 2025 Notes and provides that upon certain events of default occurring and continuing, the holders of the 2025 Notes will have the right, at their option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their outstanding notes, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

Upon issuance, the Company separated the 2025 Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature using a discounted cash flow model with a discount rate determined using observable yields for stand-alone debt instruments with a comparable credit rating and term. The carrying amount of the equity component, representing the conversion option, was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2025 Notes as a whole. The difference between the principal amount of the 2025 Notes and the liability component was initially recorded as a debt discount and is amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the 2025 Notes. The equity component of the 2025 Notes, which is included in additional paid-in capital, will not be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.

The total amount of debt issuance costs of $20.6 million was allocated between the liability and equity components based on the respective values of the liability and equity components. The debt issuance costs allocated to the liability component are being amortized as interest expense over the term of the 2025 Notes using the effective interest method. The debt issuance costs allocated to the equity component are included as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

The 2025 Notes consisted of the following as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

Principal

 

$

1,150,000

 

Less: unamortized debt discount and issuance costs

 

 

(240,153

)

Net carrying amount

 

$

909,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount allocated to equity component

 

$

251,745

 

Less: issuance costs and tax

 

 

(6,679

)

Carrying amount of the equity component

 

$

245,066

 

 

The effective interest rate of the liability component of the 2025 Notes is 5.37% and is based on the interest rate of similar debt instruments, at the time of the offering, that do not have associated convertible features. As of June 30, 2021, the “if-converted” value of the 2025 Notes exceeded the principal amount by approximately $159.4 million.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Company recognized $27.7 million of interest expense related to the amortization of discount and debt issuance costs. As of June 30, 2021, the remaining life of the 2025 Notes is 4.4 years.

 

Capped Call Transactions

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, the Company entered into capped call transactions (Capped Calls) with certain of the initial purchasers of the 2025 Notes and/or their respective affiliates or other financial institutions at a cost of $87.9 million. The Capped Calls are separate transactions and are not part of the terms of the 2025 Notes. The $87.9 million paid for the Capped Calls was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. The Company used the proceeds from the 2025 Notes to pay for the cost of the Capped Call premium. The cost of the Capped Calls is not expected to be tax-deductible as the Company did not elect to integrate the Capped Calls into the 2025 Notes for tax purposes.

 

The Capped Calls each have an initial strike price of approximately $160.88 per share, subject to certain adjustments, which corresponds to the initial conversion price of the 2025 Notes. The Capped Calls have an initial cap price of $218.14 per share, subject to certain adjustments; provided that such cap price shall not be reduced to an amount less than the strike price of $160.88 per share. The Capped Calls cover, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The Capped Calls are expected to generally reduce the potential dilution of the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of the 2025 Notes and/or offset any cash

111


Table of Contents

 

payments that the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of such converted notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.     

 

Senior Facilities Agreement

On June 28, 2019, the Company entered into a Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement (as amended, Senior Facilities Agreement) with Silicon Valley Bank for a revolving credit facility of up to $50.0 million. As of June 30, 2020, the outstanding line of credit borrowings, with interest rate of 2.0% per annum, was $2.3 million. In March 2021, the total amount outstanding was paid and in May 2021, the Senior Facilities Agreement was terminated.

 

Credit Agreements Assumed in Acquisition

As part of the acquisition, the Company assumed Divvy’s obligations under its credit agreements consisting of (i) Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (2021 Revolving Credit Agreement) and (ii) 2019 Credit Agreement, as amended.  

 

2021 Revolving Credit Agreement

The 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement was executed in March 2021 to finance the acquisition of card receivables. The 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement matures in June 2023 or earlier pursuant to the agreement and has a total commitment of $95.0 million consisting of a Class A facility amounting to $75.0 million and a Class B facility amounting to $20.0 million. Both Class A and Class B facilities require a minimum utilization of 50%. Borrowings from the Class A and Class B facilities, which are secured by acquired card receivables, bear interest at 2.75% and 10.25% per annum, respectively, plus LIBOR (subject to a floor rate of 0.25%). The interest rates on borrowings from the Class A and Class B facilities were 3.0% and 10.5% per annum, respectively, as of June 30, 2021. The 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement requires the Company to pay an unused fee of up to 0.50%. The 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with certain restricted covenants, including certain financial ratios and liquidity requirements. As of June 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with those covenants.

 

2019 Credit Agreement (as amended)

The 2019 Credit Agreement was executed in January 2019 and was most recently amended in March 2021. The amended 2019 Credit Agreement, which matures in January 2023, has a total commitment of $60.0 million with a minimum utilization requirement of $30.0 million. Borrowings from the amended 2019 Credit Agreement, which are secured by acquired card receivables, bear interest at 6.0% per annum plus LIBOR (subject to a floor rate of 2.0%). The interest rate drops to 4.5% per annum plus LIBOR (subject to a floor rate of 0.25%) beginning October 2021. The interest rate was 8.0% per annum as of June 30, 2021. The amended 2019 Credit Agreement requires the Company to pay an unused fee of 0.5%; however, to the extent utilization requirements are not met, the unused fee is equal to the stated interest rate for the portion unused funds under the utilization requirement. The amended 2019 Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with certain restricted covenants, including certain financial ratios and liquidity requirements. As of June 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with those covenants.

 

The outstanding borrowings from the 2021 Revolving Credit Agreement and the 2019 Credit Agreement consisted of the following as of June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

Unamortized debt premium

 

 

Net carrying value

 

2021 Revolving Credit Agreement (Class A)

 

$

37,500

 

 

$

213

 

 

$

37,713

 

2021 Revolving Credit Agreement (Class B)

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

740

 

 

 

10,740

 

2019 Credit Agreement

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

1,081

 

 

 

31,081

 

Total

 

$

77,500

 

 

$

2,034

 

 

$

79,534

 

 

112


Table of Contents

 

 

The debt premium is amortized using the effective interest method over the remaining term of the agreements, with a weighted average remaining amortization period of 1.6 years. The interest income related to the amortization of the debt premium during the year ended June 30, 2021 was not significant.

 

NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Equity Incentive Plans

On November 26, 2019, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (2019 Plan), which became effective on December 10, 2019, the date immediately before the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 was declared effective by the SEC.

The Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (2016 Plan), which was adopted in February 2016, was terminated concurrent to the effective date of the 2019 Plan. The Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (2006 Plan), which was adopted in April 2006, was terminated upon the adoption of the 2016 Plan. There were no equity-based awards granted under the 2016 Plan and the 2006 Plan after their termination; however, all outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan and the 2006 Plan continue to remain subject to the terms of the respective Equity Incentive Plan until such awards are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The 2019 Plan, 2016 Plan and 2006 Plan are collectively referred to as the “Equity Incentive Plans.”

The 2019 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs), restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, cash awards, and stock bonus awards. The Company initially reserved 7,100,000 shares of its common stock, plus any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2016 Plan, for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the Company’s 2019 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan increases automatically on July 1 of each of 2020 through 2029 by the number of shares equal to the lesser of 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of the immediately preceding June 30, or a number as may be determined by the Company’s board of directors. In addition, the following shares of common stock from the 2016 Plan and the 2006 Plan will be available for grant and issuance under the 2019 Plan:

 

shares issuable upon the exercise of options or subject to other awards under the 2016 Plan or 2006 Plan that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or after the effective date of the 2019 Plan; and

 

shares issued pursuant to outstanding awards under the Company’s 2016 Plan and 2006 Plan that are forfeited or repurchased after the effective date of the 2019 Plan.

The total number of common shares available for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plans was 10,211,011   shares as of June 30, 2021.

Equity Awards Assumed in Acquisition

In connection with the acquisition of Divvy, the Company assumed and replaced the stock options that were granted to Divvy employees after May 1, 2019 and were outstanding on the acquisition date under the Divvy 2016 Plan. The assumed equity awards will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock and will retain the terms and conditions under which they were originally granted. No additional equity awards will be granted under the Divvy 2016 Plan and the forfeited awards will not be returned to the Divvy 2016 Plan.

Stock Options

The Company may grant incentive and non-statutory stock options to employees, nonemployee directors, and consultants of the Company under the Equity Incentive Plans. Stock options granted generally vest and become exercisable ratably over a requisite service period of four years following the date of the grant and expire ten years from the date of the grant. The Company may grant stock options with early exercise provisions, but subject to repurchase conditions. There were no outstanding unvested stock options that had been early exercised as of June 30, 2021.

The Company may also grant stock options with double-trigger vesting conditions. The unvested shares of options granted with double trigger vesting conditions will vest 50% in the event of a sale of the Company and the termination of the holder of the stock options.

113


Table of Contents

 

The exercise price of incentive stock options granted must be at least equal to 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. The exercise price of non-statutory options granted must be at least equal to 85% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.

A summary of stock option activity as of June 30, 2021, and changes during the year ended June 30, 2021, is presented below:

 

 

 

Number of

shares

(in thousands)

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price

per share

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual

term

(in years)

 

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2020

 

 

9,019

 

 

$

10.53

 

 

8.26

 

$

718,563

 

Granted (1)

 

 

1,289

 

 

$

18.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(3,359

)

 

$

8.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(397

)

 

$

10.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2021

 

 

6,552

 

 

$

13.31

 

 

7.87

 

$

1,113,025

 

Vested and expected to vest at

   June 30, 2021 (2)

 

 

6,070

 

 

$

13.20

 

 

7.85

 

$

1,031,708

 

Vested and exercisable at

   June 30, 2021

 

 

2,608

 

 

$

11.23

 

 

7.53

 

$

448,497

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 1,256,328 shares of outstanding stock options that were assumed upon the acquisition of Divvy. The weighted average exercise price of options assumed was $16.22 per share and the weighted average grant date fair value on the date of assumption was $133.62 per share.

 

 

(2)

The expected to vest options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumptions to total outstanding options.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $132.04, $11.04 and $4.24 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $387.1 million, $191.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively. The intrinsic value was calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at exercise and the exercise price of the in-the-money options.

The fair value of options granted during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

2019

Expected term (in years)

 

4.00 to 6.25

 

6.25

 

6.25

Expected volatility

 

35.0% to 85.1%

 

50.0% to 100.6%

 

46.0% to 51.0%

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.38% to 1.03%

 

0.35% to 1.88%

 

2.19% to 2.89%

Expected dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

 

0%

 

Prior to the IPO, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options had historically been determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Because there had been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, sales of preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors.

As of June 30, 2021, the total unamortized stock-based compensation cost related to the unvested stock options was $96.4 million, which the Company expects to amortize over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years. The Company received $28.2 million, $12.2 million and $1.7 million from options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

114


Table of Contents

 

Restricted Stock Units

In February 2020, the Company began issuing RSUs to certain employees and nonemployee board members under the 2019 Plan. A summary of RSU activity during the year ended June 30, 2020 is presented below:

 

 

 

Number of

shares

(in thousands)

 

 

Weighted

average

grant date

fair value

 

Nonvested at June 30, 2020

 

 

1,141

 

 

$

66.16

 

Granted

 

 

425

 

 

$

134.29

 

Vested

 

 

(297

)

 

$

66.34

 

Forfeited

 

 

(93

)

 

$

72.89

 

Nonvested at June 30, 2021

 

 

1,176

 

 

$

90.20

 

 

The fair value of the RSU grant is determined based upon the market closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The RSUs vest over the requisite service period, which ranges between 1 year and 4 years from the date of grant, subject to the continued employment of the employees and services of the nonemployee board members. The total fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $40.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021, the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to the unvested RSUs was $86.6 million, which the Company expects to amortize over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On November 26, 2019, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which became effective on December 11, 2019, the date the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 was declared effective by the SEC. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) and will provide eligible employees a means to acquire shares of common stock through payroll deductions. Under the ESPP, the Company initially reserved for issuance 1,400,000 shares of common stock, which will increase automatically on July 1 of each fiscal year during the term of the ESPP by the number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of shares of common stock and preferred stock (on as-converted basis) outstanding as of the immediately preceding June 30th, unless the board of directors elects to authorize a lesser number of shares; provided, that, the total number of shares issued under the ESPP may not exceed 14,000,000 shares of common stock.

The ESPP provides for consecutive offering periods during which eligible employees can participate in the ESPP and be granted the right to purchase shares.

The offering period that commenced on August 15, 2020 shall end on September 6, 2021, with the first purchase period ending on February 14, 2021 and the second purchase period ending on September 6, 2021. Subsequent offering periods shall be for a 12-month period commencing on February 7th and September 7th, with each such offering period consisting of two separate purchase periods ending on September 6th and February 6th, and February 6th and September 6th, respectively.

Eligible employees can contribute up to 15% of their eligible compensation, subject to limitation as provided for in the ESPP, and purchase the common stock at a purchase price per share equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the common stock on (i) the offering date or (ii) the purchase date.

The fair value of ESPP offerings was estimated at the date of each offering using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions during the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to 1.00

 

 

0.5 to 1.17

 

Expected volatility

 

 

 

 

 

81.0% to 88.4%

 

 

 

50.0

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

0.05% to 0.13%

 

 

1.47% to 1.56%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

As of June 30, 2021, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the ESPP was $2.1 million, which is expected to be amortized over the next 12 months.

115


Table of Contents

 

Stock Based Compensation Cost

Stock-based compensation cost from stock options, RSUs and ESPP was included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

$

2,938

 

 

$

1,257

 

 

$

331

 

Research and development

 

 

 

 

16,091

 

 

 

5,495

 

 

 

1,128

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

 

8,547

 

 

 

2,777

 

 

 

922

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

44,411

 

 

 

8,535

 

 

 

1,701

 

Property and equipment (capitalized

   internal-use software)

 

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

72,451

 

 

$

18,064

 

 

$

4,082

 

 

Stock Warrants 

The Company has an agreement with a customer to issue warrants for up to 5.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share over a period of five years, ending in September 2023. Issuance of the warrants is contingent upon certain performance conditions and subject to certain limits. As of June 30, 2021, there were no warrants issued or issuable under this agreement. The Company has concluded that the performance conditions for the issuance of this warrant are not probable of being met.

NOTE 12 – OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET

Other (expense) income, net consisted of the following for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest expense

 

$

(28,158

)

 

$

(229

)

 

$

(825

)

Interest income

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

4,092

 

 

 

3,207

 

Loss on sale of card receivables

 

 

(691

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation of warrant liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(717

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

487

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(49

)

Total

 

$

(25,370

)

 

$

3,160

 

 

$

2,333

 

 

NOTE 13 – INCOME TAXES

The components of loss before (benefit from) provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Domestic

 

$

(139,337

)

 

$

(31,038

)

 

$

(7,470

)

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(139,337

)

 

$

(31,038

)

 

$

(7,470

)

 

116


Table of Contents

 

 

The components of (benefit from) provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

20

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

20

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(27,529

)

 

 

 

 

 

(142

)

State

 

 

(13,088

)

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred

 

 

(40,617

)

 

 

 

 

 

(176

)

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

$

(40,617

)

 

$

53

 

 

$

(156

)

 

The items accounting for the difference between the income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and the (benefit from) provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Expected benefit at U.S. federal statutory rate

 

$

(29,261

)

 

$

(6,518

)

 

$

(1,569

)

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(70,262

)

 

 

(31,047

)

 

 

390

 

Research and development tax credits

 

 

(8,846

)

 

 

(6,411

)

 

 

(2,111

)

Change in valuation allowance related to

   acquisition (1)

 

 

(34,749

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance (2)

 

 

94,244

 

 

 

43,716

 

 

 

3,029

 

Unrecognized tax benefit

 

 

6,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition-related costs

 

 

1,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

61

 

 

 

313

 

 

 

105

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

 

$

(40,617

)

 

$

53

 

 

$

(156

)

 

 

(1)

The rate impact during the year ended June 30, 2021 pertains to the income tax benefit recorded as a result of the acquisition of Divvy, which allowed the Company to release a portion of its valuation allowance due to the net deferred tax liability position of Divvy at the acquisition date.

 

(2)

The rate impact during the year ended June 30, 2021 pertains to (i) an increase in valuation allowance due to the increase in deferred tax assets associated with losses and tax credits generated during the year, (ii) a change in deferred tax liability related to the 2025 Notes, and (iii) a change in deferred tax liability related to the acquisition of Divvy.

 

117


Table of Contents

 

 

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows as of the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals and reserves

 

$

8,677

 

 

$

3,933

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

904

 

Property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

16,626

 

 

 

2,542

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

218,783

 

 

 

68,694

 

Research and development credits

 

 

15,864

 

 

 

12,226

 

Accrued rewards

 

 

1,342

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

25,122

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

514

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation

   allowance

 

 

288,037

 

 

 

88,427

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(107,836

)

 

 

(85,569

)

Deferred tax assets

 

$

180,201

 

 

$

2,858

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred contract costs

 

$

(2,763

)

 

$

(2,182

)

Property and equipment

 

 

(3,133

)

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

(107,631

)

 

 

 

Operating right of use assets

 

 

(18,551

)

 

 

 

Convertible notes

 

 

(57,213

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(676

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(189,291

)

 

$

(2,858

)

Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets

 

$

(9,090

)

 

$

 

 

ASC 740 requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses, temporary differences, and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is “more likely than not.” Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. Because of the Company’s recent history of operating losses, management believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above-mentioned future tax benefits is currently not likely to be realized and, accordingly, has provided a valuation allowance. The change in valuation allowance was approximately $22.3 million, $52.3 million and $3.7 million during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021, the Company had net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $867.6 million and $599.5 million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively, that are available to reduce future taxable income. If not utilized, the federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2027. As of June 30, 2021, approximately $761.9 million of federal NOL carryforwards do not expire and will carry forward indefinitely until utilized. As of June 30, 2021, the Company also had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $23.6 million and $15.8 million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, the federal tax credits will expire at various dates beginning in 2028. The state tax credits do not expire and will carry forward indefinitely until utilized.

Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and other similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and tax credits before utilization.

118


Table of Contents

 

As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $22.2 million and $5.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits related to federal and California R&D credits. Below is the reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits as of the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

$

5,787

 

 

$

2,692

 

Additions based upon tax positions

   related to the current year

 

 

8,267

 

 

 

3,078

 

Increase from business combination

 

 

668

 

 

 

 

Additions based upon tax positions

   related to the prior year

 

 

7,463

 

 

 

17

 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

22,185

 

 

$

5,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company files U.S. federal, California, and other various state income tax returns. All U.S. federal and state net operating losses and tax credits generated to date are subject to adjustments. The Company does not anticipate any material change on its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. If the unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2021 is recognized, it will not have an impact to the effective tax rate due to the Company’s valuation allowance. The Company’s U.S. federal and state tax returns for all years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities as a result of unused tax attributes being carried forward.

NOTE 14 – LEASES

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for office facilities located in three cities in the U.S., a data center facility, and certain equipment, which expire through 2031. Also, the Company subleases part of its office facility in Draper, Utah under a non-cancellable operating lease that expires in December 2025. The Company's leases do not contain any material residual value guarantees.

As of June 30, 2021, the weighted average remaining term of these operating leases is 9.3 years and the weighted average discount rate used to estimate the net present value of the operating lease liabilities was 5.0%.

The total amount paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was $2.1 million and the right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities was $31.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2021.

Future minimum lease payments as of June 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal years ending June 30:

 

Amount

 

2022

 

$

12,581

 

2023

 

 

13,104

 

2024

 

 

12,934

 

2025

 

 

12,679

 

2026

 

 

12,516

 

Thereafter

 

 

60,815

 

Gross lease payments

 

 

124,629

 

Less - present value adjustments

 

 

(26,138

)

Less - tenant improvement allowance receivable

 

 

(1,088

)

Total operating lease liabilities, net

 

$

97,403

 

 

119


Table of Contents

 

 

The components of lease cost during the year ended June 30, 2021 is shown in the table below (in thousands), while the lease expense during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $5.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

 

Operating lease expense

 

$

7,444

 

Short-term lease expense

 

 

382

 

Variable lease expense

 

 

2,252

 

Sublease income

 

 

(55

)

Total lease cost

 

$

10,023

 

 

 

NOTE 15 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments with Vendors

In addition to the operating lease commitment described in Note 14 above, the Company has multi-year agreements with certain vendors, which expire through 2025, to purchase software licenses and related services. Additionally, the Company has a ten-year strategic partnership agreement with a third party to market and promote the Company’s online bill payment products that expires in June 2027.        

Future payments under these other agreements as of June 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands).

 

Fiscal years ending June 30:

 

Amount

 

2022

 

$

11,282

 

2023

 

 

10,255

 

2024

 

 

5,871

 

2025

 

 

2,000

 

2026

 

 

1,750

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,750

 

Total

 

$

32,908

 

 

Card Receivable Repurchase Obligations with Purchasing Bank

The Company is obligated to repurchase card receivables sold to the Purchasing Bank if representations and warranties made with respect to such card receivables are breached. The Company is also obligated to repurchase card receivables for which a user fails to make the first payment within ten days when it becomes due. The obligation to repurchase card receivables meeting the previously specified criteria is limited to card receivables transferred to the Purchasing Bank, less related spending business payments remitted to the Purchasing Bank. The amount of payable to repurchase card receivables is generally offset against the proceeds from the sale of new card receivables to the Purchasing Bank.

 

Purchase of Card Receivables That Have Not Cleared

The Company is contractually obligated to purchase all card receivables from the Issuing Banks including authorized transactions that have not cleared. The transactions that have been authorized but not cleared totaled $30.3 million as of June 30, 2021 and have not been recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Litigation

 

From time to time, the Company is involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a provision for a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s reserve for litigation is immaterial. The Company reviews these provisions periodically and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. Litigation is inherently unpredictable.

120


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 16 – NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

 

 

$

(98,720

)

 

$

(31,091

)

 

$

(7,314

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute

   net loss per share attributable to common

   stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

82,813

 

 

 

44,106

 

 

 

7,797

 

Net loss per share attributable to common

   stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

 

$

(1.19

)

 

$

(0.70

)

 

$

(0.94

)

 

Potentially dilutive securities, which were excluded from the diluted net loss per share calculations because they would have been antidilutive, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Stock options

 

 

6,552

 

 

 

9,019

 

 

 

10,027

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

1,141

 

 

 

 

Warrants to purchase common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,435

 

Warrants to purchase redeemable

   convertible preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

Total

 

 

7,728

 

 

 

10,160

 

 

 

62,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, approximately 7.1 million shares underlying the conversion option in the 2025 Notes are not considered in the calculation of diluted net loss per share. Such number of shares issuable under the 2025 Notes is subject to adjustment up to approximately 10.5 million shares if certain corporate events occur prior to the maturity date or if the Company issues a notice of redemption. The Company’s current intent is to settle conversions of the 2025 Notes through a combination settlement, which involves a repayment of the principal portion in cash with any excess of the conversion value over the principal amount settled in shares of common stock. The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating any potential dilutive effect of the conversion option on diluted earnings per share, if applicable. During the period from the issuance of the 2025 Notes on November 30, 2020 through June 30, 2021, the average market price of the Company’s common stock did not exceed the initial conversion price of the 2025 Notes of $160.88 per share.

 

NOTE 17 – SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On July 19, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) with Invoice2go, Inc. (Invoice2go), a Delaware corporation that provides mobile-first accounts receivable (AR) software that empowers SMBs and freelancers to grow their client base, manage invoicing and payments, and build their brand. Invoice2go has operations in the U.S. and in Australia, and serves a large global customer base of SMBs. Pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Merger Agreement, including customary purchase price adjustments, the Company will pay an aggregate consideration of approximately $625.0 million in cash and stock in exchange for all of the outstanding equity interests of Invoice2go. The stock consideration will be calculated based on the average daily volume-weighted average price per share of the Company’s common stock for each of the twenty consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the closing of the merger.

 

121


Table of Contents

 

 

In addition, pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, the Company will grant $30.0 million of RSUs under the 2019 EIP to certain employees of Invoice2go who will continue as employees of the Company.

 

Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Invoice2go will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The merger will be accounted for as a business combination. The purchase price will be allocated based on the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the date of the closing of the merger. The closing of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions such as (i) the adoption of the Merger Agreement and approval of the merger in accordance with Delaware law and (ii) the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, among other things.

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation and supervision of our chief executive officer (“CEO”) and our chief financial officer (“CFO”), have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) as of June 30, 2021, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of June 30, 2021 because of a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting below. As permitted by SEC guidance for newly acquired businesses, management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting did not include an assessment of internal control over financial reporting of Divvy. Divvy accounted for approximately 6% of total assets as of June 30, 2021 and 4% of revenues and 6% of net loss for the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2021.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f) under the Exchange Act. Management, with the participation of its CEO and CFO, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021 based on the 2013 framework established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment and the material weakness identified below, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021 was ineffective. As permitted by SEC guidance for newly acquired businesses, management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting did not include an assessment of internal control over financial reporting of Divvy. Divvy accounted for approximately 6% of total assets as of June 30, 2021 and 4% of revenues and 6% of net loss for the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2021. As of June 30, 2021, our management has identified a material weakness related to the accounting for our business combination with Divvy, including a lack of sufficient precision in the performance of reviews of the analyses supporting the purchase price allocation accounting and other acquisition related entries and a lack of adequate documentation to provide evidence of operating effectiveness of an associated management review control.

The material weakness did not result in any material misstatements to our previously issued financial statements, nor in the financial statements included in this Form 10-K.

The effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Remediation Plan for Material Weaknesses

Our management is committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment. In response to the identified material weakness above, management, with the oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, will take comprehensive actions to remediate the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting.  We will re-evaluate the scope, level of precision and the personnel assigned for conducting the reviews over our analyses supporting the accounting for business combinations. We also plan to adopt policies on retaining documentation that supports the operating effectiveness of key management review controls relating to future business combinations. Although we intend to complete the remediation process as promptly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to remediate this material weakness. The remediation efforts are intended both to address the identified material weakness

123


Table of Contents

 

and to enhance our overall financial control environment. As management continues to evaluate and work to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we may take additional measures to address these control deficiencies or modify certain remediation measures described above.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

On June 1, 2021, we acquired Divvy. As a result of this acquisition, we are reviewing the internal controls of Divvy and making appropriate changes as deemed necessary. Except for the internal controls implemented in connection with our purchase accounting related to our acquisition of Divvy and the associated material weakness referred to above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Inherent limitation on the effectiveness of internal control

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Due to inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

124


Table of Contents

 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We maintain a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that incorporates our code of ethics applicable to all employees (including executive officers), independent contractors, and board of directors of the Company. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is published on our Investor Relations website at investor.bill.com under “Governance.” We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendments to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information on the website address and location specified above.

The remaining information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after June 30, 2021.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after June 30, 2021.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after June 30, 2021.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after June 30, 2021.  

Item 14. Principal AccountANT Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after June 30, 2021.  

125


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)

The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

(1)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules:

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable or because the information required is already included in the financial statements or the notes those financial statement

 

(3)

Exhibits

The documents set forth below are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to the location indicated.

126


Table of Contents

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit Number

 

Filing Date

 

Filed

Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 6, 2021, between the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and DivvyPay, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

S-3/ASR

 

333-256709

 

2.1

 

06/02/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

10-Q

 

001-39149

 

3.1

 

02/11/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Restated Bylaws.

 

10-Q

 

001-39149

 

3.2

 

02/11/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock certificate.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

4.1

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December  21, 2018, by and among the Registrant and certain security holders of the Registrant, as amended.

 

S-1

 

333-234730

 

4.2

 

11/15/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1†

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

S-1

 

333-234730

 

10.1

 

11/15/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2†

 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of equity agreements thereunder.

 

S-1

 

333-234730

 

10.2

 

11/15/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3†

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of equity agreements thereunder.

 

S-1

 

333-234730

 

10.3

 

11/15/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4†

 

2019 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of equity agreements thereunder.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

10.4

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5†

 

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and forms of subscription agreement thereunder.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

10.5

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6†

 

Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement for executive officers.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

10.6

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7†

 

Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and René Lacerte.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

10.7

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8†

 

Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and John Rettig.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

10.8

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9†

 

Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Bora Chung.

 

S-1/A

 

333-234730

 

10.9

 

12/2/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10†

 

Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Thomas Clayton.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11†

 

Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Raj Aji.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Office Lease, by and between the Registrant (as Tenant) and US ER America Center 4, LLC (as Landlord).

 

10-Q

 

001-39149

 

10.6

 

2/11/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

First Amendment to Office Lease, by and between Bill.com LLC (as Tenant) and US ER America Center 4, LLC (as Landlord).

 

10-K

 

001-39149

 

10.14

 

8/31/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

DivvyPay, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1994 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1994 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

________________

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

*

The certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 hereto are deemed to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall they be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of the Exchange Act.

 

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

None.

128


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

August 30, 2021

 

By:

/s/ René Lacerte

(Date)

 

 

René Lacerte

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

August 30, 2021

 

By:

/s/ John Rettig

(Date)

 

 

John Rettig

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President,

Finance and Operations

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

129


Table of Contents

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints René Lacerte and John Rettig, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ René Lacerte

René Lacerte

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Rettig

John Rettig

 

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Finance and Operations

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Cakebread

Steven Cakebread

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Hornik

David Hornik

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian Jacobs

Brian Jacobs

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter Kight

Peter Kight

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Allie Kline

Allie Kline

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Allison Mnookin

Allison Mnookin

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rory O’Driscoll

Rory O’Driscoll

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Piaker

Steven Piaker

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Colleen Taylor

Colleen Taylor

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steve Fisher

Steve Fisher

 

Director

 

August 30, 2021

 

130